Apache OpenOffice Wiki - User contributions [en]

Logo

2026-10-26T11:18:07Z

DiGro:

[[Category:Visual Design]]
[[Category:Branding]]
[[Category:Marketing]]
[[Category:Art]]

=== The OpenOffice.org logo ===

====Refreshed Logo====
<br>
[https://www.openoffice.org/trademark/brandrefresh.html https://www.openoffice.org/trademark/logo_color.png]
<br>
Copyright © 2011-2026 The Apache Software Foundation
<br>

The authoritative home of this logo is in the trademark area. A short description of our usage of the logo is available in the corresponding section of our [https://www.openoffice.org/about/index.html#logo introduction to OpenOffice.org].

The official OpenOffice.org logo underwent a refresh to a more modern and appealing version. It is part of OpenOffice.org releases since 3.2.1 and is the basis for our new [[Branding Initiative|Branding]] working on a consistent appearance of OOo wherever it is represented by visual means.

<br>
<br>
====Previous Logo====

<br>
[https://www.openoffice.org/marketing/art/galleries/logos/main/col/ooo-main-logo-col_200px.gif ooo-main-logo-col_200px.gif]

The former logo is in the [https://.openoffice.org/marketing/art/galleries/logos/ OpenOffice.org logo download site] at the [[OpenOffice.org Art Project]].
<br>

----

==== Other OpenOffice.org Logos ====

* The [[OOo Conference Logos]]
Please note the [[Branding Initiative/branding guidelines draft#Proposal for Conference and seasonal Logos]] guideline

* OOo Project Logos

* OOo Birthday Logos

.....

<br>

Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/OOo3.3 User Guide Chapters

2026-10-19T10:15:56Z

DiGro:

{{DISPLAYTITLE:OpenOffice.org 3.3 User Guides (PDF)}}
The OpenOffice.org 3.3 guides are presented in chapters for easy use.

If you are using OOo 3.2 or earlier, please [[../Chapters|go to this page]].

Editable files (.odt) are available from [[../OOo3.3_Chapters_ODT|this page]].

{|style="border: 0px solid #666;" cellpadding=3 cellspacing=8 align=center

|-valign=top
|width=45% |
<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Getting Started Guide - V3.3</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0100GS33-GettingStartedOOo33.pdf|Full book]] - 2010-12-03 (Dec 03) - 7.4MB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0101GS33-IntroducingOOo.pdf|Ch1 - Introducing {{OOo}}]] - 2010-12-15 (Dec 15) - 485KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0102GS33-SettingUpOOo.pdf|Ch2 - Setting Up {{OOo}}]] - 2010-11-16 (Nov 16) - 565KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0103GS33-StylesAndTemplates.pdf|Ch3 - Using Styles and Templates]] - 2010-12-15 (Dec 15) - 425KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0104GS33-GettingStartedWithWriter.pdf|Ch4 - Getting Started with Writer]] - 2010-12-01 (Dec 01) - 735KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0105GS33-GettingStartedWithCalc.pdf|Ch5 - Getting Started with Calc]] - 2010-11-16 (Nov 16) - 1MB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0106GS33-GettingStartedWithImpress.pdf|Ch6 - Getting Started with Impress]] - 2010-11-16 (Nov 16) - 735KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0107GS33-GettingStartedWithDraw.pdf|Ch7 - Getting Started with Draw]] - 2010-11-16 (Nov 16) - 725KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0108GS33-GettingStartedWithBase.pdf|Ch8 - Getting Started with Base]] - 2010-11-16 (Nov 16) - 1.2MB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0109GS33-GettingStartedWithMath.pdf|Ch9 - Getting Started with Math]] - 2010-11-16 (Nov 16) - 415KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0110GS33-PrintingExportingEmailing.pdf|Ch10 - Printing, Exporting, and Emailing]] - 2010-12-02 (Dec 02) - 715KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0111GS33-GraphicsGalleryFontwork.pdf|Ch11 - Graphics, Gallery, and Fontwork]] - 2010-11-16 (Nov 16) - 675KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0112GS33-CreatingWebPages.pdf|Ch12 - Creating Web Pages]] - 2010-11-16 (Nov 16) - 565KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0113GS33-GettingStartedWithMacros.pdf|Ch13 - Getting Started With Macros]] - 2010-11-16 (Nov 16) - 495KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0114GS33-CustomizingOOo.pdf|Ch14 - Customizing {{OOo}}]] - 2010-11-16 (Nov 16) - 395KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0115GS33-KeyboardShortcuts.pdf|Appendix A - Keyboard Shortcuts]] - 2010-11-16 (Nov 16) - 100KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0116GS33-OpenSourceStandardsDoc.pdf|Appendix B - Open Source, Open Standards, OpenDocument]] - 2010-11-16 (Nov 16) - 120KB
</div>

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Math Guide - V3.3</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:0800MG33-MathGuide3.3.pdf|Math Guide]] - 2010-04-28 (April 28) - 530 KB
</div>

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Calc Guide - V3.3</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:0300CS33-CalcGuide.pdf|Full book]] - 2011-04-18 (Apr 18) - 8.6MB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0301CG33-IntroducingCalc.pdf|Ch1 - Introducing Calc]] - 2011-03-23 (Mar 23) - 1MB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0302CG33-EnterEditFormatData.pdf|Ch2 - Entering, Editing, and Formatting Data]] - 2011-03-23 (Mar 23) - 680KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0303CG33-ChartsAndGraphs.pdf|Ch3 - Using Charts and Graphs]] - 2011-03-23 (Mar 23) - 930 KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0304CG33-StylesAndTemplates.pdf|Ch4 - Using Styles and Templates]] - 2011-03-23 (Mar 23) - 405 KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0305CG33-UsingGraphicsInCalc.pdf|Ch5 - Using Graphics in Calc]] - 2011-03-23 (Mar 23) - 875 KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0306CG33-PrintingExportingEmailing.pdf|Ch6 - Printing, Exporting, and E-mailing]] - 2011-03-23 (Mar 23) - 610 KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0307CG33-FormulasAndFunctions.pdf|Ch7 - Formulas and Functions]] - 2011-03-23 (Mar 23) - 710KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0308CG33-DataPilot.pdf|Ch8 - Using the DataPilot]] - 2011-03-23 (Mar 23) - 1.4MB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0309CG33-DataAnalysis.pdf|Ch9 - Data Analysis]] - 2011-03-23 (Mar 23) - 415KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0310CG33-LinkingCalcData.pdf|Ch10 - Linking Calc Data]] - 2011-03-23 (Mar 23) - 560KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0311CG33-SharingAndReviewing.pdf|Ch11 - Sharing and Reviewing]] - 2011-03-23 (Mar 23) -305KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0312CG33-CalcMacros.pdf|Ch12 - Calc Macros]] - 2011-03-23 (Mar 23) - 420KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0313CG33-CalcAsASimpleDatabase.pdf|Ch13 - Calc as a Simple Database]] - 2011-03-23 (Mar 23) - 1.1MB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0314CG33-CustomizingCalc.pdf|Ch14 - Setting Up and Customizing Calc]] - 2011-03-23 (Mar 23) - 680KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0315CG33-KeyboardShortcuts.pdf|AppA - Keyboard Shortcuts]] - 2011-03-23 (Mar 23) - 120KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0316CG33-CalcFunctions.pdf| AppB - Calc Functions]] - 2011-03-23 (Mar 23) - 310KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0317CG33-CalcErrorCodes.pdf| AppC - Calc Error Codes]] - 2011-03-23 (Mar 23) - 135KB
</div>

|width="45%" style="border-right: 1px dotted #999;border-left: 1px dotted #999; "|

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Writer Guide - V3.3</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:0200WG33-WriterGuideOOo.pdf|Full book]] - 2010-12-27 (Dec 27) - 10.2MB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0201WG33-IntroducingWriter.pdf| Ch1 - Introducing Writer]] - 2010-12-21 (Dec 21) - 555KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0202WG33-SettingUpWriter.pdf| Ch2 - Setting up Writer]] - 2010-12-21 (Dec 21) - 790KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0203WG33-WorkingWithText.pdf| Ch3 - Working with Text]] - 2010-12-21 (Dec 21) - 935KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0204WG33-FormattingPages.pdf| Ch4 - Formatting Pages]] - 2010-12-21 (Dec 21) - 1.3MB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0205WG33-PrintingExportingEmailing.pdf| Ch5 - Printing, Faxing, Exporting, and E-mailing]] - 2010-12-21 (Dec 21) - 590KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0206WG33-IntroductionToStyles.pdf| Ch6 - Introduction to Styles]] - 2010-12-21 (Dec 21) - 885KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0207WG33-WorkingWithStyles.pdf| Ch7 - Working with Styles]] - 2010-12-21 (Dec 21) - 810KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0208WG33-WorkingWithGraphics.pdf| Ch8 - Working with Graphics]] - 2010-12-21 (Dec 21) - 1.1MB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0209WG33-WorkingWithTables.pdf| Ch9 - Working with Tables]] - 2010-12-21 (Dec 21) - 575KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0210WG33-WorkingWithTemplatesInWriter.pdf| Ch10 - Working with Templates in Writer]] - 2010-12-21 (Dec 21) - 300KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0211WG33-UsingMailMerge.pdf| Ch11 - Using Mail Merge]] - 2010-12-21 (Dec 21) - 1.1MB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0212WG33-TOCsIndexesBiblios.pdf| Ch12 - Creating Tables of Contents, Indexes, and Bibliographies]] - 2010-12-21 (Dec 21) - 930KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0213WG33-WorkingWithMasterDocuments.pdf| Ch13 - Working with Master Documents]] - 2010-12-21 (Dec 21) - 555KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0214WG33-WorkingWithFields.pdf| Ch14 - Working with Fields]] - 2010-12-21 (Dec 21) - 710KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0215WG33-UsingFormsInWriter.pdf| Ch15 - Using Forms in Writer]] - 2010-12-21 (Dec 21) - 595KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0217WG33-CustomizingWriter.pdf| Ch16 - Customizing Writer]] - 2010-12-21 (Dec 21) - 540KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0219WG33-KeyboardShortcuts.pdf| App A - Keyboard Shortcuts]] - 2010-12-21 (Dec 21) - 190KB
</div>

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Impress Guide - V3.3</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:0500IG33-OOoImpress3.pdf|Full book]] - 2011-06-20 (June 20) - 6.6MB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0501IG33-IntroducingImpress.pdf| Ch1 - Introducing Impress]] - 2011-05-19 (May 19) - 510KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0502IG33-SlideMastersStylesTemplates.pdf| Ch2 - Using Slide Masters, Styles, and Templates]] - 2011-05-19 (May 19) - 510KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0503IG33-AddFormatText.pdf| Ch3 - Adding and Formatting Text]] - 2011-05-19 (May 19) - 965KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0504IG33-AddFormatPictures.pdf| Ch4 - Adding and Formatting Pictures]] - 2011-05-19 (May 19) - 515KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0505IG33-ManageGraphicObjects.pdf| Ch5 - Managing Graphic Objects]] - 2011-05-19 (May 19) - 700KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0506IG33-FormatGraphicObjects.pdf| Ch6 - Formatting Graphic Objects]] - 2011-05-19 (May 19) - 1.0MB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0507IG33-SpreadsheetsChartsObjects.pdf| Ch7 - Spreadsheets, Charts, and Other Objects]] - 2011-05-19 (May 19) - 470KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0508IG33-SlidesNotesHandouts.pdf| Ch8 - Slides, Notes, and Handouts]] - 2011-05-19 (May 19) - 570KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0509IG33-SlideShows.pdf| Ch9 - Slide Shows: Transitions, Animations, and More]] - 2011-05-19 (May 19) - 465KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0510IG33-PrintEmailExportSave.pdf| Ch10 - Printing, E-mailing, Exporting, and Saving Slide Shows]] - 2011-05-19 (May 19) - 825KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0511IG33-CustomizingImpress.pdf| Ch11 - Setting Up and Customizing Impress]] - 2011-05-19 (May 19) - 540KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0512IG33-KeyboardShortcuts.pdf| AppA - Keyboard Shortcuts]] - 2011-05-19 (May 19) - 115KB
</div>

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Draw Guide - V3.3</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:0400DG33-DrawGuideOOo.pdf|Full book]] - 2011-8-27 (Aug 27) - 8.8MB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0401DG33-IntroducingDraw.pdf| Ch1 Introducing Draw]] - 2011-08-05 (Aug 5) - 555 KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0402DG33-DrawingBasicShapes.pdf| Ch2 Drawing Basic Shapes]] - 2011-08-05 (Aug 5) - 445 KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0403DG33-WorkingWithObjects.pdf| Ch3 Working with Objects]] - 2011-08-05 (Aug 5) - 380 KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0404DG33-ChangingObjectAttributes.pdf| Ch4 Changing Object Attributes]] - 2011-08-05 (Aug 5) - 1 MB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0405DG33-CombiningMultipleObjects.pdf| Ch5 Combining Multiple Objects]] - 2011-08-05 (Aug 5) - 240 KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0406DG33-EditingPictures.pdf| Ch6 Editing Pictures (Raster Graphics)]] - 2011-08-05 (Aug 5) - 1.3 MB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0407DG33-3DObjects.pdf| Ch7 Working with 3D Objects]] - 2011-08-05 (Aug 5) - 1.3 MB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0408DG33-TipsAndTricks.pdf| Ch8 Tips and Tricks]] - 2011-08-05 (Aug 5) - 800 KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0409DG33-FlowDiagramsOrgCharts.pdf| Ch9 Organization Charts, Flow Diagrams, and More]] - 2011-08-05 (Aug 5) - 490 KB
* {{PDF}}[[Media:0410DG33-AdvancedDrawTechniques.pdf| Ch10 Advanced Draw Techniques]] - 2011-08-05 (Aug 5) - 890 KB
</div>
|}
[[Category:Documentation]]
{{CCBY}}

Documentation/OOoAuthors User Manual/Writer Guide/Introduction to Styles

2026-10-16T14:26:45Z

DiGro:

{{DISPLAYTITLE:Introduction to Styles}}
[[de:DE/Dokumentation/OOo_2.x/Handb%C3%BCcher/Writer-Handbuch/Einf%C3%BChrung_in_Formatvorlagen]]
{{Documentation/WriterStylesIntroTOC
|ShowPrevNext=block
|PrevPage=Documentation/OOoAuthors User Manual/Writer Guide/Digital signing of documents
|NextPage=Documentation/OOoAuthors_User_Manual/Writer Guide/Using paragraph styles
}}__notoc__
This is Chapter '''6''' of the '''OpenOffice.org 2.x Writer Guide''' (Third edition), produced by the [http://oooauthors.org/ OOoAuthors group]. A PDF of this chapter is available from the [https://wiki.openoffice.org/wiki/Documentation/OOoAuthors_User_Manual/Chapters OpenOffice.org 2.x User Guides Archive (PDF) page] at Apache OpenOffice.

== What are styles? ==
Most people are used to writing documents according to ''physical'' attributes. For example, you might specify the font family, font size and weight (say, Helvetica 12pt, bold).

Styles are ''logical'' attributes. We use styles every day. For example, there are two styles of computers: desktop and laptop. Each has its own distinctive set of properties. You never say “my computer is a low-weight, one-piece unit with an LCD screen attached to a rectangular casing containing the computing components and the keyboard". Instead, you say “I have a laptop".

OpenOffice.org styles are a way to do the same thing for your document. Using styles means that you stop saying “font size 14pt, Times New Roman, bold, centered", and you start saying “title". In other words, styles means that you shift the emphasis from what the text looks like, to what the text ''is''.

== Why use styles? ==
OpenOffice.org (OOo) brings a powerful notion of styles. Styles help improve consistency in a document. They also make major formatting changes easy. For example, you may decide to change the indentation of all paragraphs or change the font of all titles. For a long document, this simple task can be prohibitive. Styles make the task easy.

'''Example:'''
The time is 9:50 A.M. and Jane is finishing the 30-page paper for school that is due at 10:00 A.M. She looks over the assignment one more time, and suddenly she realizes that:
* The text must use Arial font instead of Times New Roman.
* The headings must be dark blue and indented.
* The title must appear at the top-right of every page except the first.
* Even numbered pages must have a wider right margin, and odd numbered pages must have a wider left margin.

Thankfully, Jane used OpenOffice.org and styles. She makes all the changes in two minutes and hands in the paper on time.

== Types of styles ==
OpenOffice.org Writer has five types of styles:

* ''Paragraph'' styles affect an entire paragraph.
* ''Character'' styles affect a block of text inside a paragraph.
* ''Page'' styles affect page formatting (page size, margin, and the like).
* ''Frame'' styles affect frames and graphics.
* ''List'' styles affect numbered lists and bulleted lists.
The first three styles are the most used. Those are the styles covered in this chapter. Frame styles and list styles are discussed in [[Documentation/OOoAuthors User Manual/Writer Guide/Working with Styles|Chapter 7]] (Working with Styles).

These styles are available through a floating window called Styles and Formatting. (Press ''F11'' to see it.) The Styles and Formatting window is discussed in the [[Documentation/OOoAuthors User Manual/Writer Guide/Using paragraph styles|next section]].

[[Image:StylesFormatWindow2.png|Styles and Formatting window]]<br>''Styles and Formatting window and types of styles.''

'''Note:''' Styles and Formatting is a floating window. You can drag it around the screen using the mouse, or you can dock it to the left or right side of the screen.

{{CCBY}}
[[Category: Writer Guide (Documentation)]]

Documentation/OOoAuthors User Manual/Writer Guide/Introduction to Styles

2026-10-16T14:25:39Z

DiGro:

{{DISPLAYTITLE:Introduction to Styles}}
[[de:DE/Dokumentation/OOo_2.x/Handb%C3%BCcher/Writer-Handbuch/Einf%C3%BChrung_in_Formatvorlagen]]
{{Documentation/WriterStylesIntroTOC
|ShowPrevNext=block
|PrevPage=Documentation/OOoAuthors User Manual/Writer Guide/Digital signing of documents
|NextPage=Documentation/OOoAuthors_User_Manual/Writer Guide/Using paragraph styles
}}__notoc__
This is Chapter '''6''' of the '''OpenOffice.org 2.x Writer Guide''' (Third edition), produced by the [http://oooauthors.org/ OOoAuthors group]. A PDF of this chapter is available from the [https://wiki.openoffice.org/wiki/Documentation/OOoAuthors_User_Manual/Chapters wiki PDF 2.x Guides page] at Apache OpenOffice.

== What are styles? ==
Most people are used to writing documents according to ''physical'' attributes. For example, you might specify the font family, font size and weight (say, Helvetica 12pt, bold).

Styles are ''logical'' attributes. We use styles every day. For example, there are two styles of computers: desktop and laptop. Each has its own distinctive set of properties. You never say “my computer is a low-weight, one-piece unit with an LCD screen attached to a rectangular casing containing the computing components and the keyboard". Instead, you say “I have a laptop".

OpenOffice.org styles are a way to do the same thing for your document. Using styles means that you stop saying “font size 14pt, Times New Roman, bold, centered", and you start saying “title". In other words, styles means that you shift the emphasis from what the text looks like, to what the text ''is''.

== Why use styles? ==
OpenOffice.org (OOo) brings a powerful notion of styles. Styles help improve consistency in a document. They also make major formatting changes easy. For example, you may decide to change the indentation of all paragraphs or change the font of all titles. For a long document, this simple task can be prohibitive. Styles make the task easy.

'''Example:'''
The time is 9:50 A.M. and Jane is finishing the 30-page paper for school that is due at 10:00 A.M. She looks over the assignment one more time, and suddenly she realizes that:
* The text must use Arial font instead of Times New Roman.
* The headings must be dark blue and indented.
* The title must appear at the top-right of every page except the first.
* Even numbered pages must have a wider right margin, and odd numbered pages must have a wider left margin.

Thankfully, Jane used OpenOffice.org and styles. She makes all the changes in two minutes and hands in the paper on time.

== Types of styles ==
OpenOffice.org Writer has five types of styles:

* ''Paragraph'' styles affect an entire paragraph.
* ''Character'' styles affect a block of text inside a paragraph.
* ''Page'' styles affect page formatting (page size, margin, and the like).
* ''Frame'' styles affect frames and graphics.
* ''List'' styles affect numbered lists and bulleted lists.
The first three styles are the most used. Those are the styles covered in this chapter. Frame styles and list styles are discussed in [[Documentation/OOoAuthors User Manual/Writer Guide/Working with Styles|Chapter 7]] (Working with Styles).

These styles are available through a floating window called Styles and Formatting. (Press ''F11'' to see it.) The Styles and Formatting window is discussed in the [[Documentation/OOoAuthors User Manual/Writer Guide/Using paragraph styles|next section]].

[[Image:StylesFormatWindow2.png|Styles and Formatting window]]<br>''Styles and Formatting window and types of styles.''

'''Note:''' Styles and Formatting is a floating window. You can drag it around the screen using the mouse, or you can dock it to the left or right side of the screen.

{{CCBY}}
[[Category: Writer Guide (Documentation)]]

NL/Documentation/UserGuide

2026-09-24T12:46:33Z

DiGro:

{{DraftPage|EN}}

{{DISPLAYTITLE:Apache OpenOffice Gebruikershandleiding}}
{{Note|'''Deze handleiding documenteert de volgende versie van de software {{AOoVersion|NL|4.1.5}} tot en met {{AOoVersion|NL|4.1.16}}'''}}

{{AOo}} heeft verschillende componenten (Writer, Calc, Impress,Draw, Base…) die vele karakteristieken delen in hun gebruikersinterfaces. Daarom zal deze handleiding beginnen met {{AOo}} als geheel, en later "voorbeelden" verschaffen voor elke component.

Het is daarom belangrijk, speciaal voor nieuwe gebruikers, om de eerste hoofdstukken van deze handleiding te begrijpen vóórdat men overgaat naar de specifieke informatie voor elke component.

De handleiding zal een liberaal gebruik maken van schermafdrukken om het gebied dat besproken wordt visueel weer te geven. Omdat {{AOo}} beschikbaar is op meerdere besturingssystemen zouden deze schermafdrukken niet geheel overeen kunnen komen met wat de lezer in zijn kopie van {{AOo}} ziet.

= Algemene index =

'''[[NL/Documentation/UserGuide/UI|Gebruikersinterface van {{AOo}}]]''': een algemene beschrijving van de gebruikersinterface van {{AOo}}

'''[[NL/Documentation/UserGuide/Formatting|Een document opmaken]]''': beschrijft de verschillende opties die gebruikers hebben om een document vorm te geven

'''[[NL/Documentation/UserGuide/SearchReplace|Zoeken en vervangen]]''': {{AOo}} heeft een krachtig gereedschap om tekst en/of opmaak te zoeken

'''[[NL/Documentation/UserGuide/AutoCorrect|Opties voor Autocorrectie]]''': Een gereedschap voor het bewerken dat het mogelijk maakt verscheidene talen voor vervangen, zoals het corrigeren van fout geschreven woorden, te automatiseren

'''[[NL/Documentation/UserGuide/FileFormats|Ondersteunde bestandsindelingen]]''': {{AOo}} kan een groot aantal bestandsindelingen lezen en er in schrijven

'''[[NL/Documentation/UserGuide/Extensions|Extensies]]''': Meer functionaliteit aan {{AOo}} toevoegen

'''[[NL/Documentation/UserGuide/Options|Algemene opties]]''': Algemene opties voor configureren die voor het gehele pakket gelden

'''"CookBook"''': snelle tips voor specifieke taken

'''[[Documentation/UserGuide/Writer|Writer guide]]''': Een volledige handleiding voor Writer, de component voor tekstbewerken. Dit leidt naar een index

'''[[Documentation/UserGuide/Calc|Calc guide]]''': Een volledige handleiding voor Calc, de component voor werkbladen. Dit leidt naar een index

'''[[Documentation/UserGuide/Impress|Impress guide]]''': Een volledige handleiding voor Impress, de component voor presentaties. Dit leidt naar een index

'''[[Documentation/UserGuide/Draw|Draw guide]]''': Een volledige handleiding voor Draw, de component voor het tekenen van vectoren. Dit leidt naar een index

'''[[Documentation/UserGuide/Math|Math guide]]''': Een volledige handleiding voor Math, de component voor het bewerken van vergelijkingen die u in andere componenten kunt gebruiken. Dit leidt naar een index

'''Base guide''': Een volledige handleiding voor Base, de component database. Dit leidt naar een index

'''[[Documentation/UserGuide/Migration_Guide|Migration Guide]]''': Een handleiding voor het migreren naar {{AOo}}.

'''[[Documentation/UserGuide/Advanced|Advanced topics]]''': Reguliere uitdrukkingen, programmeren van macro's, graphite lettertypetechnologie…

'''[[Documentation/UserGuide/Integration|Integrating components]]''': Een diagram in uw presentatie? Gegevens uit uw bibliografische database in uw tekstdocument invoegen?

<small>[[Documentation/UserGuide/Status|Statuspagina]]: deze handleiding is een werk in uitvoering.</small>

[[Category:Documentation]]
[[en:Documentation/UserGuide]]
[[fr:FR/Documentation/AOO4_User_Guides]]

Python/Python Language Binding

2026-09-22T12:07:40Z

DiGro:

{{DISPLAYTITLE:Python Language Binding}}

The Python language binding allows developers to work with UNO in Python language.

This page describes details of the binding. Writing macros or UNO component in Python is described in dedicated pages for them.

== uno Module ==
The binding is implemented in Python extension module pyuno and additional module uno. Some types are defined in uno module and the binding is not work without these values.

=== Classes for Types ===
The following classes represents corresponding UNO types.

''class'' uno.'''Enum'''(''typeName'', ''value'')
:This class represents an enum value defined in UNO. ''typeName'' specifies name of an enum and ''value'' specifies name of a value. The specified values are checked during the initialization. When wrong name is specified, RuntimeError is raised.

''class'' uno.'''Type'''(''typeName'', ''typeClass'')
:This class is dedicated to be used as type type of UNO. ''typeName'' specifies name of value type of UNO and ''typeClass'' specifies type class of the type in uno.Enum. List of type class is defined in com.sun.star.uno.TypeClass enum. The type name have to be valid for the reflection API. The sequence can be represented with [], e.g. []long or [][]string. When wrong name is specified, RuntimeError is raised.

uno.getTypeByName() method returns instance of the class from type name only. And also, the type can be requested by import statement with "typeOf" prefix.

The following line adds typeOfXEventListener variable having type of com.sun.star.lang.XEventListener.
<syntaxhighlight lang="python">
from com.sun.star.lang import typeOfXEventListener
</syntaxhighlight>

''class'' uno.'''Char'''(''value'')
:This class represents char type of UNO. ''value'' should be an unicode character.

''class'' uno.'''ByteSequence'''(''value'')
:All str and unicode are converted to string type when they are passed to UNO. Therefore, this class is used to tell the string should be converted to []byte. ''value'' is string or uno.ByteSequence value to be wrapped.
Since Python 3, uno.ByteSequence, bytes and bytearray are allowed.

''class'' uno.'''Any'''(''type'', ''value'')
:The bridge based on the invocation has problem about type conversion in few cases. ''type'' specifies the type of value to be converted in uno.Type or string that represents a type. ''value'' is real value to be converted to specified type.

=== Module Functions ===
The following functions are defined in uno module but real function is provided by pyuno module.

uno.'''getComponentContext'''()
:Initialize the bridge and returns the UNO component context that was used to initialize. When the bridge is loaded by the instance of Python working as part of the office, the return value of this method is match with the instance of the component context represents the instance of current office. But when the bridge is initialized to be used as a bridge for RPC connection, this method returns local component context and it is the different component context from remote one, they can not be replaced each other. Therefore, using this method to get component context is not good manner if your script is intended to be executed both macros and RPC scripts.

uno.'''getConstantByName'''(''constant'')
:Looks up the value that defined in IDL. ''constant'' specifies a value of enum or a value of constants.

uno.'''getTypeByName'''(''typeName'')
:Returns new instance of uno.Type. ''typeName'' specifies name of UNO type. See uno.Type also.

uno.'''createUnoStruct'''(''typeName'', ''*args'')
:Returns new instance of structs or exceptions defined in IDL.''typeName'' specifies name of a struct or an exception. Additional arguments can be passed to be initial value. Number of them can be matched with definition of the type to be initialized and the order of the

uno.'''getClass'''(''typeName'')
:Returns class for struct, exception or interface of UNO. This class defines new class and returns. If the class defined already, it is returned. ''typeName'' specifies one of struct, interface or exception.

uno.'''isInterface'''(''obj'')
:This function checks the passed ''obj'' is a class of UNO interface. True is returned if the value is a class of UNO interface, otherwise False is returned.

uno.'''generateUuid'''()
:Generates new UUID version 4 that is used to identify the type of interfaces defined in Python. Return value is instance of uno.ByteSequence.

uno.'''systemPathToFileUrl'''(''systemPath'')
:Converts system dependent path to file URL.

uno.'''fileUrlToSystemPath'''(''url'')
:Converts file URL to system dependent path.

uno.'''absolutize'''(''path'', ''relativeUrl'')
:Extends relative URL specified by ''relativeUrl'' based on ''path''.

uno.'''getCurrentContext'''()
:Returns currently used context to instantiate services.

uno.'''setCurrentContext'''(''newContext'')
:Sets current context to be used to instantiate services.

uno.'''invoke'''(''object'', ''methodname'', ''argTuple'')
:Calls method with exactly typed arguments using uno.Any. ''object'' is the UNO value where the method specified by ''methodname'' is called. ''argTuple'' specifies arguments in tuple that allows to use uno.Any type to type the value exactly.

== Type Mappings ==
The following table shows type mapping between UNO and Python for simple types.
{|border="1" cellpadding=4 style="border-collapse:collapse;"
|-bgcolor=#EDEDED
!UNO !! Python
|-
|void
|None
|-
|boolean
|bool
|-
|byte
|long/int[1]
|-
|short
|long
|-
|unsigned short
|long
|-
|long
|long
|-
|unsigned long
|long
|-
|hyper
|long
|-
|unsigned hyper
|long
|-
|float
|float
|-
|double
|float
|-
|char
|uno.Char
|-
|string
|unicode/str[2]
|-
|type
|uno.Type
|-
|any
|uno.Any[3]
|}

* [1] No long type is there in Python 3, the value converted into int.
* [2] Python 3 uses Unicode string as normal string.
* [3] It is used only with uno.invoke method.

=== Mapping of Integer Types ===
The numerical types are converted to different types depending on their range of value.

=== Mapping of String ===
Any string type is coming from UNO is unicode even that contain only 7 bit range characters.
Both unicode and str are valid string to pass them to UNO.

Since Python 3, only str is valid but bytes is no longer converted as string type.

=== Mapping of Type ===
This type is defined in uno module that constructor takes type name of the type and type class of the type. The new instance of the type will be checked by the binding to avoid invalid type. Its instance variables can be changed after the instantiation, but do not try to change them.

New value can be taken also with uno.getTypeByName() method without type class to specify.

The import hook provided by uno module allows to instantiate uno.Type in import statement with typeOf prefix. For example, from com.sun.star.lang import typeOfXEventListener adds typeOfEventListener variable and set its type value to it.

=== Mapping of Any ===
This type is not passed from UNO because the value wrapped by it is extracted and converted into Python value.

The usage of this type is to tell the type of value with uno.invoke() method.

=== Mapping of Sequence ===
A sequence comes from UNO is converted to tuple of Python. And also you have to pass instance of tuple to UNO, list of Python is not allowed.

=== Mapping of Struct ===
The bridge defines classes for UNO structs at runtime. To request to generate a class for a struct, import the struct or call uno.getClass() function.

=== Mapping of Exception ===
Exceptions are also defined at runtime by the bridge as described in struct section. But all exceptions inherit Exception of Python so that its instance can be raised or trapped by try and except statements.

=== Mapping of Enum ===
This type is described by uno.Enum class.

=== Mapping of Constants ===
Static values defined in constant groups can be imported with import statement or uno.getConstantByName() function.

=== Mapping of Interface ===
All interfaces come from UNO are represented by PyUNO class that works as proxy to call method, to get access to their property values. And resultant values are resolved by the bridge and

== Working with PyUNO Instance ==

== Implements Interfaces ==
If complex value of Python is passed to UNO, the bridge checks the class of the value is prepared to support <idl>com.sun.star.lang.XTypeProvider</idl> interface. The information about supported interface types is required to generate invocation adapter that behaves as normal UNO component. And calling the method and request to get and set property values are delegated to the instance of Python value.

There is easy way to support XTypeProvider interface provided by unohelper module. Define your class and inherit unohelper.Base class that provides getTypes and getImplementationId methods.

[[Category:Python]]

Documentation/AOO4 User Guides/AOO4.1 User Guide Chapters

2026-07-26T11:26:44Z

DiGro:

{{DISPLAYTITLE:{{AOo}} 4.1 User Guides (PDF)}}

The {{AOo}} 4.1 guides are presented in chapters for easy use.



Editable files (.odt) are available from [https://wiki.openoffice.org/wiki/Documentation/AOO4_User_Guides/AOO4.1_Chapters_ODT this page].
---- 


{|style="border: 0px solid #666;" cellpadding=3 cellspacing=8 align=center

|-valign=top
|width=45% |
<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Getting Started Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS.pdf|Full Book]] - 2026-07-14 — (Jul 14)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS1.pdf|Preface]] - 2023-05-04 — May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS2.pdf|Chapter 1   - Introducing Apache OpenOffice]] — 2023-05-04 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS3.pdf|Chapter 2   - Styles and Templates]] — 2023-05-04 - (Apr 27)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS4.pdf|Chapter 3   - Getting Started with Writer]] — 2023-05-04 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS5.pdf|Chapter 4   - Getting Started with Calc]] — 2023-05-04 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS6.pdf|Chapter 5   - Getting Started with Impress]]— 2023-05-04 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS7.pdf|Chapter 6   - Getting Started with Draw]] — 2023-05-04 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS8.pdf|Chapter 7   - Getting Started with Base]] — 2023-05-04 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS9.pdf|Chapter 8   - Getting Started with Math]] — 2023-05-05 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS10.pdf|Chapter 9   - Printing, Exporting, and E-mailing]] — 2023-04-27 - (Apr 27)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS11.pdf|Chapter 10 - Graphics, the Gallery, and Fontworks]] — 2022-12-30 - (Dec 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS12.pdf|Chapter 11 - Setting Up and Customizing Apache OpenOffice]] — 2022-12-30 - (Dec 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS13.pdf|Chapter 12 - Getting Started with Macros]] — 2026-07-14 - (Jul 14)
</div>

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Writer Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG.pdf|Full Book]] - 2025-06-17 (Jun 17)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG1-IntroducingWriter.pdf|Chapter 1   - Introducing Writer]] — 2023-07-31 (Jul 31)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG2-SettingUpWriter.pdf|Chapter 2   - Setting Up Writer]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG3-WorkingWithText.pdf|Chapter 3   - Working with Text]] — 2023-11-10 (Nov 10)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG4-FormattingPages.pdf|Chapter 4   - Formatting Pages]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG5-PrintingExportingEmailing.pdf|Chapter 5   - Printing, Exporting, Emailing]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG6-IntroductionToStyles.pdf|Chapter 6   - Introduction to Styles]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG7-WorkingWithStyles.pdf|Chapter 7   - Working with Styles]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG8-WorkingWithGraphics.pdf|Chapter 8   - Working with Graphics]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG9-WorkingWithTables.pdf|Chapter 9   - Working with Tables]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG10-WorkingWithTemplatesInWriter.pdf|Chapter 10 - Working with Templates in Writer]] — 2025-06-24 (Jun 24)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG11-UsingMailMerge.pdf|Chapter 11 - Using Mail Merge]] — 2025-06-24 (Jun 24)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG12-TOCsIndexesBiblios.pdf|Chapter 12 - Tables of Contents, Indexes, and Bibliographies]] — 2025-06-24 (Jun 24)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG13-WorkingWithMasterDocument.pdf|Chapter 13 - Working with Master Documents]] — 2025-07-07 (Jul 7)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG14-WorkingWithFields.pdf|Chapter 14 - Working with Fields]] — 2025-07-14 (Jul 14)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG15-UsingFormsInWriter.pdf|Chapter 15 - Using Forms in Writer]] — 2025-07-14 (Jul 14)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG16-CustomizingWriter.pdf|Chapter 16 - Customizing Writer]] — 2025-07-14 (Jul 14)
</div>

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Math Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41MG01.pdf|Math Guide]] — 2026-03-16 (March 16)


|width="45%" style="border-right: 1px dotted #999;border-left: 1px dotted #999; "|


<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Calc Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG.pdf|Full Book]] - 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG01-IntroducingCalc.pdf|Chapter 1   - Introducing Calc]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG02-EnterEditFormatData.pdf|Chapter 2   - Enter Edit Format Data]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG03-ChartsAndGraphs.pdf|Chapter 3   - Charts And Graphs]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG04-StylesAndTemplates.pdf|Chapter 4   - Styles And Templates]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG05-UsingGraphicsInCalc.pdf|Chapter 5   - Using Graphics In Calc]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG06-PrintingExportingEmailing.pdf|Chapter 6   - Printing Exporting Emailing]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG07-FormulasAndFunctions.pdf|Chapter 7   - Formulas And Functions]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG08-PivotTable.pdf|Chapter 8   - Pivot Table]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG09-DataAnalysis.pdf|Chapter 9   - Data Analysis]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG10-LinkingCalcData.pdf|Chapter 10 - Linking Calc Data]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG11-SharingAndReviewing.pdf|Chapter 11 - Sharing And Reviewing]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG12-CalcMacro.pdf|Chapter 12 - Calc Macro]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG13-CalcAsASimpleDatabase.pdf|Chapter 13 - Calc As A Simple Database]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG14-CustomizingCalc.pdf|Chapter 14 - Customizing Calc]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG15-KeyboardShortcuts.pdf|Chapter 15 - Keyboard Shortcuts]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG16-CalcFunctions.pdf|Chapter 16 - Calc Functions]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG17-CalcErrorCodes.pdf|Chapter 17 - Calc Error Codes]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
</div>

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Draw Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG.pdf|Full Book]] - 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG01-IntroducingDraw.pdf|Chapter 1   - Introducing Draw]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG02-DrawingBasicShapes.pdf|Chapter 2   - Drawing Basic Shapes]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG03-WorkingWithObjects.pdf|Chapter 3   - Working with Objects and Object Points]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG04-ChangingObjectAttributes.pdf|Chapter 4   - Changing Object Attributes]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG05-CombiningMultipleObjects.pdf|Chapter 5   - Combining Multiple Objects]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG06-EditingPictures.pdf|Chapter 6   - Editing Pictures (Raster Graphics)]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG07-3DObjects.pdf|Chapter 7   - Working with 3D Objects]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG08-TipsAndTricks.pdf|Chapter 8   - Tips and Tricks]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG09-FlowDiagramsOrgCharts.pdf|Chapter 9   - Organization Charts, Flow Diagrams, and More]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG10-AdvancedDrawTechniques.pdf|Chapter 10 - Advanced Draw Techniques]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
</div>

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Impress Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG.pdf|Full Book]] - 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG01-IntroducingImpress.pdf|Chapter 1   - Introducing Impress]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG02-SlideMastersStylesTemplates.pdf|Chapter 2   - Using Slide Masters, Styles, and Templates]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG03-AddFormatText.pdf|Chapter 3   - Adding And Formatting Text]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG04-AddFormatPictures.pdf|Chapter 4   - Adding And Formatting Pictures]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG05-ManageGraphicObjects.pdf|Chapter 5   - Managing Graphic Objects]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG06-FormatGraphicObjects.pdf|Chapter 6   - Formatting Graphic Objects]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG07-SpreadsheetsChartsObjects.pdf|Chapter 7   - Including Spreadsheets, Charts, and Other Objects]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG08-SlidesNotesHandouts.pdf|Chapter 8   - Adding and Formatting Slides, Notes, and Handouts]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG09-SlideShows.pdf|Chapter 9   - SlideShows]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG10-PrintEmailExportSave.pdf|Chapter 10 - Printing, e-mailing, exporting and saving slideshows]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG11-CustomizingImpress.pdf|Chapter 11 - Setting Up and Customizing Impress]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG12-KeyboardShortcuts.pdf|Chapter 12 - Keyboard Shortcuts]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
</div>
|} 
{{CCBY}}
[[Category:Documentation]]
[[Category:PDF]]

Documentation/AOO4 User Guides/AOO4.1 Chapters ODT

2026-07-26T11:21:38Z

DiGro:

{{DISPLAYTITLE:{{AOo}} 4.1 User Guides (ODT)}}

The {{AOo}} 4.1 guides are presented in chapters for easy use.



{{PDF}} PDF files (.pdf) are available from [https://wiki.openoffice.org/wiki/Documentation/AOO4_User_Guides/AOO4.1_User_Guide_Chapters this page].
---- 


{|style="border: 0px solid #666;” cellpadding=3 cellspacing=8 align=center
|-valign=top
|width=45% |
<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Getting Started Guide – V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:AOO41GS.odt|Full Book]] — 2026-07-14 (Jul 14) - 10.18 MB
* [[Media:AOO41GS1.odt|Preface]] — 2023-05-04 (May 04) - 81.6 KB
* [[Media:AOO41GS2.odt|Chapter 1   - Introducing Apache OpenOffice]] — 2022-05-04 May 04) - 591.1 KB
* [[Media:AOO41GS3.odt|Chapter 2   - Using Styles and Templates]] — 2023-05-04 (May 04) - 318.4 KB
* [[Media:AOO41GS4.odt|Chapter 3   - Getting Started with Writer]] — 2023-05-04 (May 04) - 732.8 KB
* [[Media:AOO41GS5.odt|Chapter 4   - Getting Started with Calc]] — 2023-05-04 (May 04) - 1200.8 KB
* [[Media:AOO41GS6.odt|Chapter 5   - Getting Started with Impress]] — 2023-05-04 (May 04) - 1200.8 KB
* [[Media:AOO41GS7.odt|Chapter 6   - Getting Started with Draw]] — 2023-05-04 (May 04) - 1.29 MB
* [[Media:AOO41GS8.odt|Chapter 7   - Getting Started with Base]] — 2023-05-04 (May 04) - 978.6 KB
* [[Media:AOO41GS9.odt|Chapter 8   - Getting Started with Math]] — 2023-05-04 (May 04) - 452.7 KB
* [[Media:AOO41GS10.odt|Chapter 9   - Printing, Exporting, and E‑mailing]] — 2023-05-05 — (May 04) - 768.9 KB
* [[Media:AOO41GS11.odt|Chapter 10 - Graphics, the Gallery, and Fontwork]] — 2023-05-05 — (May 04) - 1602.0 KB
* [[Media:AOO41GS12.odt|Chapter 11 - Setting Up and Customizing Apache OpenOffice]] — 2023-05-05 — (May 04) - 1471.9 KB
* [[Media:AOO41GS13.odt|Chapter 12 - Getting Started with Macros]] — 2026-07-14 — (Jul 14) - 465 KB
</div>


<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Writer Guide — V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:AOO41WG.odt|Full Book]] — 2025-06-17 (June 17) - 11,480.8 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG1-IntroducingWriter.odt|Chapter 1   - Introducing Writer]] — 2025-06-21 (June 21) - 675.3 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG2-SettingUpWriter.odt|Chapter 2   - Setting Up Writer]] — 2025-06-21 (June 21) - 667.2 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG3-WorkingWithText.odt|Chapter 3   - Working With Text]] — 2025-06-21 (June 21) - 1,003.4 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG4-FormattingPages.odt|Chapter 4   - Formatting Pages]] — 2025-06-21 (June 21) - 3,328.0 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG5-PrintingExportingEmailing.odt|Chapter 5   - Printing Exporting Emailing]] — 2025-06-21) June 21) - 675.0 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG6-IntroductionToStyles.odt|Chapter 6   - Introduction To Styles]] — 2025-06-21 (June 21) - 7515.9 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG7-WorkingWithStyles.odt|Chapter 7   - Working With Styles]] — 2025-06-21 (June 21) - 675.0 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG8-WorkingWithGraphics.odt|Chapter 8   - Working With Graphics]] — 2025-06-21 (June 21) - 758.0 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG9-WorkingWithTables.odt|Chapter 9   - Working With Tables]] — 2025-06-21 (June 21) - 365.0 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG10-WorkingWithTemplatesInWriter.odt|Chapter 10 - Working With Templates In Writer]] — 2025-06-24 (June 24) - 176.4 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG11-UsingMailMerge.odt|Chapter 11 - Using MailMerge]] — 2025-06-24 (June 24) - 13.20.9 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG12-TOCsIndexesBiblios.odt|Chapter 12 - TOCs Indexes Biblios]] — 2025-06-24 (June 24) - 851.0 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG13-WorkingWithMasterDocument.odt|Chapter 13 - Working With Master Documents]] — 2025-07-07 (July 07) - 411.9 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG14-WorkingWithFields.odt|Chapter 14 - Working With Fields]] — 2025-07-14 (July 14) - 1.084 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG15-UsingFormsInWriter.odt|Chapter 15 - Using Forms In Writer]] — 2025-07-14 (July 14) - 486 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG16-CustomizingWriter.odt|Chapter 16 - Customizing Writer]] — 2025-07-14 (July 14) - 392 KB
</div>

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Math Guide – V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* [[Media:AOO41MG01.odt|Math Guide]] — 2026-03-16 (March 16) - 873 KB


|width="48%" style="border-right: 1px dotted #999;border-left: 1px dotted #999; "|


{|style="border: 0px solid #666;” cellpadding=3 cellspacing=8 align=center
|-valign=top
|width=45% |
<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Calc Guide – V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">
* {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:AOO41CG.odt|Full Book]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 20.84 MB
* [[Media:AOO41CG01-IntroducingCalc.odt|Chapter 1   - Introducing Calc]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 914 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG02-EnterEditFormatData.odt|Chapter 2   - Enter Edit Format Data]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 580 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG03-ChartsAndGraphs.odt|Chapter 3   - Charts And Graphs]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 886 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG04-StylesAndTemplates.odt|Chapter 4   - Styles And Templates]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 289 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG05-UsingGraphicsInCalc.odt|Chapter 5   - Using Graphics In Calc]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 2.14 MB
* [[Media:AOO41CG06-PrintingExportingEmailing.odt|Chapter 6   - Printing Exporting Emailing]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 480 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG07-FormulasAndFunctions.odt|Chapter 7   - Formulas And Functions]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 663 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG08-PivotTable.odt|Chapter 8   - Pivot Table]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 1.35 MB
* [[Media:AOO41CG09-DataAnalysis.odt|Chapter 9   - Data Analysis]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 306 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG10-LinkingCalcData.odt|Chapter 10 - Linking Calc Data]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 433 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG11-SharingAndReviewing.odt|Chapter 11 - Sharing And Reviewing]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 339 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG12-CalcMacro.odt|Chapter 12 - Calc Macro]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 296 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG13-CalcAsASimpleDatabase.odt|Chapter 13 - Calc As A Simple Database]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 1.31 MB
* [[Media:AOO41CG14-CustomizingCalc.odt|Chapter 14 - Customizing Calc]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 612 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG15-KeyboardShortcuts.odt|Chapter 15 - Keyboard Shortcuts]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 29.4 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG16-CalcFunctions.odt|Chapter 16 - Calc Functions]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 59.4 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG17-CalcErrorCodes.odt|Chapter 17 - Calc Error Codes]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 42.0 kB
</div>

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Draw Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:AOO41DG.odt|Full Book]] - 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* [[Media:AOO41DG01-IntroducingDraw.odt|Chapter 1   - Introducing Draw]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* [[Media:AOO41DG02-DrawingBasicShapes.odt|Chapter 2   - Drawing Basic Shapes]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* [[Media:AOO41DG03-WorkingWithObjects.odt|Chapter 3   - Working with Objects and Object Points]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* [[Media:AOO41DG04-ChangingObjectAttributes.odt|Chapter 4   - Changing Object Attributes]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* [[Media:AOO41DG05-CombiningMultipleObjects.odt|Chapter 5   - Combining Multiple Objects]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* [[Media:AOO41DG06-EditingPictures.odt|Chapter 6   - Editing Pictures (Raster Graphics)]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* [[Media:AOO41DG07-3DObjects.odt|Chapter 7   - Working with 3D Objects]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* [[Media:AOO41DG08-TipsAndTricks.odt|Chapter 8   - Tips and Tricks]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* [[Media:AOO41DG09-FlowDiagramsOrgCharts.odt|Chapter 9   - Organization Charts, Flow Diagrams, and More]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* [[Media:AOO41DG10-AdvancedDrawTechniques.odt|Chapter 10 - Advanced Draw Techniques]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
</div>

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Impress Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:AOO41IG.odt|Full Book]] - 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG01-IntroducingImpress.odt|Chapter 1   - Introducing Impress]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG02-SlideMastersStylesTemplates.odt|Chapter 2   - Using Slide Masters, Styles, and Templates]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG03-AddFormatText.odt|Chapter 3   - Adding And Formatting Text]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG04-AddFormatPictures.odt|Chapter 4   - Adding And Formatting Pictures]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG05-ManageGraphicObjects.odt|Chapter 5   - Managing Graphic Objects]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG06-FormatGraphicObjects.odt|Chapter 6   - Formatting Graphic Objects]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG07-SpreadsheetsChartsObjects.odt|Chapter 7   - Including Spreadsheets, Charts, and Other Objects]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG08-SlidesNotesHandouts.odt|Chapter 8   - Adding and Formatting Slides, Notes, and Handouts]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG09-SlideShows.odt|Chapter 9   - SlideShows]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG10-PrintEmailExportSave.odt|Chapter 10 - Printing, e-mailing, exporting and saving slideshows]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG11-CustomizingImpress.odt|Chapter 11 - Setting Up and Customizing Impress]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG12-KeyboardShortcuts.odt|Chapter 12 - Keyboard Shortcuts]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
</div>
|}
{{CCBY}}
[[Category:Documentation]]
[[Category:ODT]]

File:AOO41GS13.pdf

2026-07-26T11:16:36Z

DiGro: Chapter 12 Getting Started with Macros

== Summary ==
Chapter 12 Getting Started with Macros

File:AOO41GS13.odt

2026-07-26T11:14:05Z

DiGro: Chapter 12 Getting Started with Macros

== Summary ==
Chapter 12 Getting Started with Macros

File:AOO41GS.pdf

2026-07-26T11:08:53Z

DiGro: DiGro heeft een nieuwe versie van File:AOO41GS.pdf geüpload

File:AOO41GS.odt

2026-07-26T11:06:58Z

DiGro: DiGro heeft een nieuwe versie van File:AOO41GS.odt geüpload

Complete 4.1 Getting Started Guide

Category:Icons and symbols

2026-07-25T14:07:54Z

DiGro:

*{{category|icons and symbols}};
* Esta [[Special:Categories|categoria]] contém ícones e símbolos;
* Deze [[Special:Categories|categorie]] bevat pictogrammen en symbolen;
* Diese [[Special:Categories|Kategorie]] enthält icons und symbols;
* Cette [[Special:Categories|catégorie]] contient des icons et symbols;
* Questa [[Special:Categories|categoria]] contiene i icons symbols
* Данная [[Special:Categories|категория]] содержит Значки и символы;

[[Category:Images]]

Template:TopTenViews

2026-07-04T11:53:05Z

DiGro:

<div style="border: 1px solid #999; padding: 5px; border-bottom: none; background: #EEE; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold;">Top 10 Pages</div>
<div style="font-size:85%; padding: 0;">

<DynamicPageList>
namespace =
order = descending
addpagecounter = true
count = 10

format = {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 0; border-left: none; border-right: none; width: 100%; 0;"¶!Pos¶!Page¶!Hits,¶|-¶|%NR%¶|[[%PAGE%|%TITLE%]]¶|%COUNT%,,¶|}
</DynamicPageList>
</div>

<noinclude>
[[Category:Wiki Templates]]
</noinclude>

Template:TopTenViews

2026-07-04T11:52:02Z

DiGro:

<div style="border: 1px solid #999; padding: 5px; border-bottom: none; background: #EEE; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold;">Top 10 Pages</div>
<div style="font-size:85%; padding: 0;">

<DynamicPageList>
namespace =
category = Country
order = descending
addpagecounter = true
count = 10

format = {| class="wikitable" style="margin: 0; border-left: none; border-right: none; width: 100%; 0;"¶!Pos¶!Page¶!Hits,¶|-¶|%NR%¶|[[%PAGE%|%TITLE%]]¶|%COUNT%,,¶|}
</DynamicPageList>
</div>

<noinclude>
[[Category:Wiki Templates]]
</noinclude>

Tutorial Build

2026-07-04T11:33:36Z

DiGro:

<table width=100%>
<tr>
<td align="left">Hack build!</td>
<td align="right">[[Tutorial_Help]]</td>
</tr>
</table>

<hr>

ah! :-) Build svx, build sfx2, build sw, build sd ?!! Time out! What is this build ?

Good question :-) So let's examine it in detail, let's first ask the guy directly first: Issuing 'which build' at the command line returns nothing :-) A second try with 'alias build' starts to explain what's happening:
<syntaxhighlight lang="perl">
alias build='perl /home/raul/ooo-build/build/src680-m65/solenv/bin/build.pl'</syntaxhighlight>

hmm... So how did we get this alias set at all ? From sourcing the LinuxIntelEnvSet.sh which does exactly what the name of the file says: It sets the environment for the Linux build of OOo on the Intel platform - so that helps to understand the other SolarisSparcEnvSet.sh as well.

Of what I understand, this file is the end result of the configure process of AOO which is then used for the build process throughout. You can look into the file itself to check what else is in it.

So build is the perl script which is in the top-level solenv project [probably a derivation from Solaris environment] which has most of the build tools in it.

And how does it work ? Let's learn it in the coolest way possible :-) Let's add a top-level project to OOo :-)

We shall with great imagination and creativity call our cool new top-level project as *drum-roll* 'helloworld'! So we start at the top of the build tree with a 'mkdir helloworld' and cd into it
{{Note|So the path to our project now would typically be similar to '/home/raul/ooo-build/build/src680-m65/helloworld' and all further references to our project will simply be referred to in short as helloworld/dir-name/file-name}}

Now let's try to build our new project [already! with nothing in it :-)] by issuing 'build'. oops! In fact, of course, OOPS! :-)

<syntaxhighlight lang="perl">
build -- version: 1.130

ERROR: Found no project to build</syntaxhighlight>

hmm... That presents a problem indeed, we do have a project, don't we now ? :-) so let's see where this error is coming up in the first place and then we'll look into fixing them, so first we move into the solenv/ top-level project which as we had mentioned earlier has most of the build tools and where we suspect the source of this error lies as well.

And we go on to grep for the error message through the source with either of a:

<syntaxhighlight lang="bash">
grep -rn "no project to build" *
find solenv/ -exec grep -Hn "no project to build" {} \;
</syntaxhighlight>

and lo! the source is bin/build.pl, so let's look in the source to see what the problem might be, and we see that the build.pl script is looking for a build.lst file in the prj directory and fails otherwise. aha! :-) So we 'touch prj/build.lst' and 'build' again.

<syntaxhighlight lang="perl">
build -- version: 1.130
</syntaxhighlight>

hmm... That's not interesting at all, so let's poke it more - our purpose is to actually make a library which we can eventually link to - so let's do just that and we take the shortest route to our goal. We look for someone else who does the same thing and do a similar thing. As the saying goes: "Good artists copy, great artists steal!" Amen! :-)

<syntaxhighlight lang="cpp">
--- /dev/null 2004-08-25 23:04:59.000000000 +0530
+++ XmlSearch/prj/build.lst 2003-03-19 18:18:40.000000000 +0530
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+xh XmlSearch : external codemaker NULL
+xh XmlSearch\src\com\sun\xmlsearch nmake - all xs NULL
</syntaxhighlight>

So we get inspired from the XmlSearch/prj/build.lst and make up our very own impressive looking build.lst as well:

<syntaxhighlight lang="cpp">
--- /dev/null 2004-08-25 23:04:59.000000000 +0530
+++ helloworld/prj/build.lst 2004-12-23 23:59:37.000000000 +0530
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+hw helloworld : NULL
+hw helloworld\source nmake - all hw_src NULL
</syntaxhighlight>

It's a fairly simple file that is explained a little more in [[Hacking | the Hacker's Guide]] as well. The first line indicates that it is not dependent on any of the other top-level projects and if it was - the line would be similar to the XmlSearch/ file which indicates that it is dependent on the external/ and codemaker/ projects, which is to say that those projects need to be built before this one can be built.

The second line goes on to indicate what is to be built in the present top-level project and in what order. Our simple line says that the helloworld/source directory will be what is built and since it is particularly simple, there are no other internal build order as might be required in a more complicated projects [fpicker, for instance].

And yay! we have already told our build.pl what needs to be done, so lets do the 'build' thing again:

<syntaxhighlight lang="perl">
build -- version: 1.130

ERROR: /home/raul/HEAD/ooo-build/build/src680-m65/helloworld/source not found!!</syntaxhighlight>

That's ok, we can fix that, we havent created the source directory where we intend to place the source that will be built into our library. So we 'mkdir source' and 'build' again:

<syntaxhighlight lang="perl">
build -- version: 1.130

/home/raul/HEAD/ooo-build/build/src680-m65/helloworld/source
mkout -- version: 1.3
mkout: ERROR: can't determine module
../unxlngi4.pro/inc/myworld.mk: No such file or directory.
../unxlngi4.pro/misc/s_helloworld.dpcc: No such file or directory.
dmake: Error code 1, while making '../unxlngi4.pro/misc/s_helloworld.dpcc'
'---* TG_SLO.MK *---'

ERROR: Error 65280 occurred while making /home/raul/HEAD/ooo-build/build/src680-m65/helloworld/source
</syntaxhighlight>

yeow! That sounded like an impressive sounding error! Back to square one, we go back to the solenv/ project and grep for the ERROR:

<syntaxhighlight lang="bash">
grep "can't determine module" -rn *
</syntaxhighlight>

We would suspect from the error that it is evidently from the mkout.pl and look in for clues, and we see that it is looking for a prj/d.lst which is definitely not in our project yet, so we do a 'touch prj/d.lst' and 'build' again:

<syntaxhighlight lang="perl">
build -- version: 1.130

/home/raul/HEAD/ooo-build/build/src680-m65/helloworld/source
-----------------------------------------------
Error: No makefile.mk found!
-----------------------------------------------
</syntaxhighlight>

Yo! We are halfway there, the build script has reached our source directory and would have built our project, if only there had been something to build :-) So let's fix that next :-)

<hr>

<table width=100%>
<tr>
<td align="left">[http://go-oo.org/tutorials/helloworld-ooo-style.diff.txt helloworld-ooo-style.diff]</td>
<td align="right">Next: [[Tutorial_Library]]</td>
</tr>
</table>

[[Category:Tutorial]]
[[Category:Build_System]]

Tutorial Build

2026-07-04T11:33:08Z

DiGro:

<table width=100%>
<tr>
<td align="left">Hack build!</td>
<td align="right">[[Tutorial_Help]]</td>
</tr>
</table>

<hr>

ah! :-) Build svx, build sfx2, build sw, build sd ?!! Time out! What is this build ?

Good question :-) So let's examine it in detail, let's first ask the guy directly first: Issuing 'which build' at the command line returns nothing :-) A second try with 'alias build' starts to explain what's happening:
<syntaxhighlight lang="perl">
alias build='perl /home/raul/ooo-build/build/src680-m65/solenv/bin/build.pl'</syntaxhighlight>

hmm... So how did we get this alias set at all ? From sourcing the LinuxIntelEnvSet.sh which does exactly what the name of the file says: It sets the environment for the Linux build of OOo on the Intel platform - so that helps to understand the other SolarisSparcEnvSet.sh as well.

Of what I understand, this file is the end result of the configure process of AOO which is then used for the build process throughout. You can look into the file itself to check what else is in it.

So build is the perl script which is in the top-level solenv project [probably a derivation from Solaris environment] which has most of the build tools in it.

And how does it work ? Let's learn it in the coolest way possible :-) Let's add a top-level project to OOo :-)

We shall with great imagination and creativity call our cool new top-level project as *drum-roll* 'helloworld'! So we start at the top of the build tree with a 'mkdir helloworld' and cd into it
{{Note:So the path to our project now would typically be similar to '/home/raul/ooo-build/build/src680-m65/helloworld' and all further references to our project will simply be referred to in short as helloworld/dir-name/file-name}}

Now let's try to build our new project [already! with nothing in it :-)] by issuing 'build'. oops! In fact, of course, OOPS! :-)

<syntaxhighlight lang="perl">
build -- version: 1.130

ERROR: Found no project to build</syntaxhighlight>

hmm... That presents a problem indeed, we do have a project, don't we now ? :-) so let's see where this error is coming up in the first place and then we'll look into fixing them, so first we move into the solenv/ top-level project which as we had mentioned earlier has most of the build tools and where we suspect the source of this error lies as well.

And we go on to grep for the error message through the source with either of a:

<syntaxhighlight lang="bash">
grep -rn "no project to build" *
find solenv/ -exec grep -Hn "no project to build" {} \;
</syntaxhighlight>

and lo! the source is bin/build.pl, so let's look in the source to see what the problem might be, and we see that the build.pl script is looking for a build.lst file in the prj directory and fails otherwise. aha! :-) So we 'touch prj/build.lst' and 'build' again.

<syntaxhighlight lang="perl">
build -- version: 1.130
</syntaxhighlight>

hmm... That's not interesting at all, so let's poke it more - our purpose is to actually make a library which we can eventually link to - so let's do just that and we take the shortest route to our goal. We look for someone else who does the same thing and do a similar thing. As the saying goes: "Good artists copy, great artists steal!" Amen! :-)

<syntaxhighlight lang="cpp">
--- /dev/null 2004-08-25 23:04:59.000000000 +0530
+++ XmlSearch/prj/build.lst 2003-03-19 18:18:40.000000000 +0530
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+xh XmlSearch : external codemaker NULL
+xh XmlSearch\src\com\sun\xmlsearch nmake - all xs NULL
</syntaxhighlight>

So we get inspired from the XmlSearch/prj/build.lst and make up our very own impressive looking build.lst as well:

<syntaxhighlight lang="cpp">
--- /dev/null 2004-08-25 23:04:59.000000000 +0530
+++ helloworld/prj/build.lst 2004-12-23 23:59:37.000000000 +0530
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+hw helloworld : NULL
+hw helloworld\source nmake - all hw_src NULL
</syntaxhighlight>

It's a fairly simple file that is explained a little more in [[Hacking | the Hacker's Guide]] as well. The first line indicates that it is not dependent on any of the other top-level projects and if it was - the line would be similar to the XmlSearch/ file which indicates that it is dependent on the external/ and codemaker/ projects, which is to say that those projects need to be built before this one can be built.

The second line goes on to indicate what is to be built in the present top-level project and in what order. Our simple line says that the helloworld/source directory will be what is built and since it is particularly simple, there are no other internal build order as might be required in a more complicated projects [fpicker, for instance].

And yay! we have already told our build.pl what needs to be done, so lets do the 'build' thing again:

<syntaxhighlight lang="perl">
build -- version: 1.130

ERROR: /home/raul/HEAD/ooo-build/build/src680-m65/helloworld/source not found!!</syntaxhighlight>

That's ok, we can fix that, we havent created the source directory where we intend to place the source that will be built into our library. So we 'mkdir source' and 'build' again:

<syntaxhighlight lang="perl">
build -- version: 1.130

/home/raul/HEAD/ooo-build/build/src680-m65/helloworld/source
mkout -- version: 1.3
mkout: ERROR: can't determine module
../unxlngi4.pro/inc/myworld.mk: No such file or directory.
../unxlngi4.pro/misc/s_helloworld.dpcc: No such file or directory.
dmake: Error code 1, while making '../unxlngi4.pro/misc/s_helloworld.dpcc'
'---* TG_SLO.MK *---'

ERROR: Error 65280 occurred while making /home/raul/HEAD/ooo-build/build/src680-m65/helloworld/source
</syntaxhighlight>

yeow! That sounded like an impressive sounding error! Back to square one, we go back to the solenv/ project and grep for the ERROR:

<syntaxhighlight lang="bash">
grep "can't determine module" -rn *
</syntaxhighlight>

We would suspect from the error that it is evidently from the mkout.pl and look in for clues, and we see that it is looking for a prj/d.lst which is definitely not in our project yet, so we do a 'touch prj/d.lst' and 'build' again:

<syntaxhighlight lang="perl">
build -- version: 1.130

/home/raul/HEAD/ooo-build/build/src680-m65/helloworld/source
-----------------------------------------------
Error: No makefile.mk found!
-----------------------------------------------
</syntaxhighlight>

Yo! We are halfway there, the build script has reached our source directory and would have built our project, if only there had been something to build :-) So let's fix that next :-)

<hr>

<table width=100%>
<tr>
<td align="left">[http://go-oo.org/tutorials/helloworld-ooo-style.diff.txt helloworld-ooo-style.diff]</td>
<td align="right">Next: [[Tutorial_Library]]</td>
</tr>
</table>

[[Category:Tutorial]]
[[Category:Build_System]]

Documentation/Reference/Bibtex-Bibliography Mappings

2026-07-02T11:16:52Z

DiGro:

A much superior approach to bibliographies in {{AOO}} is now provided by '''Jabref'''. See https://www.jabref.org/ for details. Using this program, there is no need to configure the bibliography layout using {{AOO}}, it can all be configured from a powerful *.jstyle file that you provide to Jabref.

Using [[Bibliographic_Software_and_Standards_Information#JabRef|JabRef]] makes an attractive, convenient, cross-platform and cross-application way of maintaining your bibliographic database in plaintext form. JabRef supports export to an .ODS-spreadsheet which can be linked to the bibliographic database, allowing for fairly simple everyday use of JabRef as a bibliography editor.

The only difficulty comes when attempting to work out what {{AOO}} bibliography entry type is output from each corresponding Bibtex (source format) entry type. This page gives those mappings. Unfortunately, they're not always self-evident, and some systems will even have the same type listed more than once in {{AOO}} with different ID numbers.

{| style="border-spacing:0; margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto"
! style="background-color:#0e85cd;border-top:0.035cm solid #000000;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.15cm;"| <big><span style="color:white">BibTeX type</span></big>
! style="background-color:#0e85cd;border-top:0.035cm solid #000000;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.15cm;"| <big><span style="color:white">{{AOO}} type</span></big>

|-
| style="background-color:transparent;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| TECHREPORT
| style="background-color:transparent;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:0.002cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Research Report (13)

|-
| style="background-color:#cfe7f5;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| BOOK
| style="background-color:#cfe7f5;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:0.002cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Book (1)
|-
| style="background-color:transparent;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| ARTICLE
| style="background-color:transparent;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:0.002cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Journal (7)

|-
| style="background-color:#cfe7f5;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| INPROCEEDINGS
| style="background-color:#cfe7f5;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:0.002cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Conference proceedings (6)
|-
| style="background-color:transparent;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| MISC
| style="background-color:transparent;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:0.002cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| (10)

|-
| style="background-color:#cfe7f5;border-top:none;border-bottom:0.002cm solid #000000;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| MASTERSTHESIS
| style="background-color:#cfe7f5;border-top:none;border-bottom:0.002cm solid #000000;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:0.002cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| (9)
|}

== External links ==

* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX BibTeX (on Wikipedia)]
* [https://docs.jabref.org/cite/openofficeintegration Integration Jabref with Apache OpenOffice]

[[Category:Documentation/Reference]]

Documentation/Reference/Bibtex-Bibliography Mappings

2026-07-02T11:11:02Z

DiGro:

A much superior approach to bibliographies in {{AOO}} is now provided by '''Jabref'''. See https://www.jabref.org/ for details. Using this program, there is no need to configure the bibliography layout using the {{AOO}}, it can all be configured from a powerful *.jstyle file that you provide to Jabref.

Using [[Bibliographic_Software_and_Standards_Information#JabRef|JabRef]] makes an attractive, convenient, cross-platform and cross-application way of maintaining your bibliographic database in plaintext form. JabRef supports export to an .ODS-spreadsheet which can be linked to the bibliographic database, allowing for fairly simple everyday use of JabRef as a bibliography editor.

The only difficulty comes when attempting to work out what OpenOffice bibliography entry type is output from each corresponding Bibtex (source format) entry type. This page gives those mappings. Unfortunately, they're not always self-evident, and some systems will even have the same type listed more than once in {{AOO}} with different ID numbers.

{| style="border-spacing:0; margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto"
! style="background-color:#0e85cd;border-top:0.035cm solid #000000;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.15cm;"| <big><span style="color:white">BibTeX type</span></big>
! style="background-color:#0e85cd;border-top:0.035cm solid #000000;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.15cm;"| <big><span style="color:white">OpenOffice type</span></big>

|-
| style="background-color:transparent;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| TECHREPORT
| style="background-color:transparent;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:0.002cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Research Report (13)

|-
| style="background-color:#cfe7f5;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| BOOK
| style="background-color:#cfe7f5;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:0.002cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Book (1)
|-
| style="background-color:transparent;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| ARTICLE
| style="background-color:transparent;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:0.002cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Journal (7)

|-
| style="background-color:#cfe7f5;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| INPROCEEDINGS
| style="background-color:#cfe7f5;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:0.002cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Conference proceedings (6)
|-
| style="background-color:transparent;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| MISC
| style="background-color:transparent;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:0.002cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| (10)

|-
| style="background-color:#cfe7f5;border-top:none;border-bottom:0.002cm solid #000000;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| MASTERSTHESIS
| style="background-color:#cfe7f5;border-top:none;border-bottom:0.002cm solid #000000;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:0.002cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| (9)
|}

== External links ==

* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX BibTeX (on Wikipedia)]
* [https://docs.jabref.org/cite/openofficeintegration Integration Jabref with Apache OpenOffice]

[[Category:Documentation/Reference]]

Documentation/Reference/Bibtex-Bibliography Mappings

2026-07-02T11:06:19Z

DiGro: /* External links */

'''Update:''' a much superior approach to bibliographies in OpenOffice is now provided by the '''OpenOffice plugin for Jabref''' (a plugin for Jabref, not for OpenOffice). See http://jabref.sourceforge.net/OOPlugin-jabref.php for details. Using this plugin, there is no need to configure the bibliography layout using the OpenOffice tool, it can all be configured from a powerful *.jstyle file that you provide to Jabref. The 2.6b2 version of Jabref is recommended for use with this plugin (as of Feb 2010).

Using [[Bibliographic_Software_and_Standards_Information#JabRef|JabRef]] makes an attractive, convenient, cross-platform and cross-application way of maintaining your bibliographic database in plaintext form. JabRef supports export to an .ODS spreadsheet which can be linked to the bibliographic database, allowing for fairly simple everyday use of JabRef as a bibliography editor.

The only difficulty comes when attempting to work out what OpenOffice bibliography entry type is output from each corresponding Bibtex (source format) entry type. This page gives those mappings. Unfortunately, they're not always self evident, and some systems will even have the same type listed more than once in OpenOffice with different ID numbers.

{| style="border-spacing:0; margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto"
! style="background-color:#0e85cd;border-top:0.035cm solid #000000;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.15cm;"| <big><span style="color:white">BibTeX type</span></big>
! style="background-color:#0e85cd;border-top:0.035cm solid #000000;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.15cm;"| <big><span style="color:white">OpenOffice type</span></big>

|-
| style="background-color:transparent;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| TECHREPORT
| style="background-color:transparent;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:0.002cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Research Report (13)

|-
| style="background-color:#cfe7f5;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| BOOK
| style="background-color:#cfe7f5;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:0.002cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Book (1)
|-
| style="background-color:transparent;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| ARTICLE
| style="background-color:transparent;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:0.002cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Journal (7)

|-
| style="background-color:#cfe7f5;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| INPROCEEDINGS
| style="background-color:#cfe7f5;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:0.002cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Conference proceedings (6)
|-
| style="background-color:transparent;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| MISC
| style="background-color:transparent;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:0.002cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| (10)

|-
| style="background-color:#cfe7f5;border-top:none;border-bottom:0.002cm solid #000000;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| MASTERSTHESIS
| style="background-color:#cfe7f5;border-top:none;border-bottom:0.002cm solid #000000;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:0.002cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| (9)
|}

== External links ==

* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX BibTeX (on Wikipedia)]
* [https://docs.jabref.org/cite/openofficeintegration Integration Jabref with Apache OpenOffice]

[[Category:Documentation/Reference]]

Documentation/Reference/Bibtex-Bibliography Mappings

2026-07-02T11:04:47Z

DiGro:

'''Update:''' a much superior approach to bibliographies in OpenOffice is now provided by the '''OpenOffice plugin for Jabref''' (a plugin for Jabref, not for OpenOffice). See http://jabref.sourceforge.net/OOPlugin-jabref.php for details. Using this plugin, there is no need to configure the bibliography layout using the OpenOffice tool, it can all be configured from a powerful *.jstyle file that you provide to Jabref. The 2.6b2 version of Jabref is recommended for use with this plugin (as of Feb 2010).

Using [[Bibliographic_Software_and_Standards_Information#JabRef|JabRef]] makes an attractive, convenient, cross-platform and cross-application way of maintaining your bibliographic database in plaintext form. JabRef supports export to an .ODS spreadsheet which can be linked to the bibliographic database, allowing for fairly simple everyday use of JabRef as a bibliography editor.

The only difficulty comes when attempting to work out what OpenOffice bibliography entry type is output from each corresponding Bibtex (source format) entry type. This page gives those mappings. Unfortunately, they're not always self evident, and some systems will even have the same type listed more than once in OpenOffice with different ID numbers.

{| style="border-spacing:0; margin-left:auto;margin-right:auto"
! style="background-color:#0e85cd;border-top:0.035cm solid #000000;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.15cm;"| <big><span style="color:white">BibTeX type</span></big>
! style="background-color:#0e85cd;border-top:0.035cm solid #000000;border-bottom:0.035cm solid #000000;border-left:0.035cm solid #000000;border-right:0.035cm solid #000000;padding:0.15cm;"| <big><span style="color:white">OpenOffice type</span></big>

|-
| style="background-color:transparent;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| TECHREPORT
| style="background-color:transparent;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:0.002cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Research Report (13)

|-
| style="background-color:#cfe7f5;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| BOOK
| style="background-color:#cfe7f5;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:0.002cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Book (1)
|-
| style="background-color:transparent;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| ARTICLE
| style="background-color:transparent;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:0.002cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Journal (7)

|-
| style="background-color:#cfe7f5;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| INPROCEEDINGS
| style="background-color:#cfe7f5;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:0.002cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| Conference proceedings (6)
|-
| style="background-color:transparent;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| MISC
| style="background-color:transparent;border-top:none;border-bottom:none;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:0.002cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| (10)

|-
| style="background-color:#cfe7f5;border-top:none;border-bottom:0.002cm solid #000000;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:none;padding:0.097cm;"| MASTERSTHESIS
| style="background-color:#cfe7f5;border-top:none;border-bottom:0.002cm solid #000000;border-left:0.002cm solid #000000;border-right:0.002cm solid #000000;padding:0.097cm;"| (9)
|}

== External links ==

* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX BibTeX (on Wikipedia)]
* [http://jabref.sourceforge.net/OOPlugin-jabref.php OpenOffice plugin for JabRef]

[[Category:Documentation/Reference]]

Documentation

2026-06-21T12:21:44Z

DiGro:

{{DISPLAYTITLE:The Apache OpenOffice Documentation Project}} __NOTOC__

{|
|-
| This project creates and maintains documentation in English for OpenOffice.org and {{AOo}}. Documentation can include user guides, [[Documentation/FAQ|FAQs]], [[Documentation/How Tos|How Tos]], samples, user templates, the application help, and training materials. The project [https://www.openoffice.org/documentation/ has a home page on the web as well].

If you cannot find what you're looking for, check out the [https://forum.openoffice.org/en/forum/ the OpenOffice User Forum].

This is a wiki, so feel free to contribute to {{AOo}} documentation. Here is the project's [[Documentation/Dashboard|dashboard]], where contributors coordinate their work.

| <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(140, 45, 6); margin: 0px 5px 5px; padding: 1px; float: right; width: 300px; background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);" id="contrib"><div style="padding: 2px; background-color: rgb(140, 45, 6); color: rgb(255, 255, 255); font-weight: bold; text-align: center;">WANT TO HELP?</div>
{|
|-
|
*[[Documentation/Contribute|How to contribute]]
*[[Documentation/Dashboard/Wiki Editing Policy|Wiki Editing Policy]]
*[[Documentation/Dashboard|Project Dashboard]]
*[[Documentation/Wishlist|Doc Wishlist]]
*[[:Category:Documentation/NeedsRework|Pages that Need Help!]]
*[[:Category:Documentation/BeingEdited|Pages in the Works]]
*[[:Category:Documentation/Candidate|Candidate Pages]]

|}
</div>
|}

{| align="center" cellspacing="8" cellpadding="3" style="border: 0px solid rgb(102, 102, 102);"
|- valign="top"
| width="45%" colspan="2" | <div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">Searching/Downloading</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*Search and download documents through the [https://documentation.openoffice.org Documentation Website]

</div>
|- valign="top"

| width="45%" | <div style="padding: 5px; font:color: rgb(0, 68, 204); font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">Installation Guide for OpenOffice.org 3.x and 4.x</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*{{PDF}}[[Media:Debian-quickinstall-oo.pdf|4.x Quick Install GNU Linux Debian PDF]] - 2021-01-09 (Jan 9) - 312.9 kb
*{{PDF}}[[Media:Installation_Guide_OOo3.pdf|3.x PDF]] - 2010-06-06 (June 6) - 470 kb
*{{OOoLogo}}[[Media:Installation_Guide_OOo3.odt|3.x ODT]] - 2010-06-06 (June 6) - 300 kb
</div><div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">[[Documentation/AOO4_User_Guides/AOO4.1_User_Guide_Chapters|User Guides for Apache OpenOffice 4.x]]</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[https://openoffice-uni.org/ Apache OpenOffice 4.1 Writer for Students in Arabic, Chinese, Dutch, English, French and German]
*[[Documentation/AOO4 User Guides/AOO4.1_User_Guide_Chapters|PDFs of Apache OpenOffice 4.1 User Guides]]
*[[Documentation/AOO4_User_Guides/AOO4.1_Chapters_ODT|ODTs of Apache OpenOffice 4.1 User Guides]]

*[[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides#Apache OpenOffice 4.1|Apache OpenOffice 4.1 in wiki format]]

</div><div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">[[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/OOo3.3_User_Guide_Chapters|User Guides for OpenOffice.org 3.x]]</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[[Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/OOo3.3_User_Guide_Chapters|PDFs of OpenOffice.org 3.3 User Guides]]
*[[Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/OOo3.3_Chapters_ODT|ODTs of OpenOffice.org 3.3 User Guides]]
*[[Documentation/OOo3 User Guides#OpenOffice.org 3.2|OpenOffice.org 3.2 in wiki format]]
*[[Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Chapters|PDFs of OpenOffice.org 3.2 User Guides]]
*[[Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Chapters_ODT|ODTs of OpenOffice.org 3.2 User Guides]]
*{{OOoLogo}}[http://documentation.openoffice.org/whitepapers/Creating_large_documents_with_OOo.odt Creating Large Documents with OpenOffice.org Writer] - 2010-02-11 (February 11) - 832 kb
</div> <div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">[[Documentation/OOoAuthors User Manual|User Guides for OpenOffice.org 2.x]]</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
</div> <div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">[[Documentation/FAQ|Frequently Asked Questions]]</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[[Documentation/FAQ/General|General Questions]]
*[[Documentation/FAQ/Installation|Installing OpenOffice.org]]
*[[Documentation/FAQ/Writer|Working with Text Documents (Writer)]]
*[[Documentation/FAQ/Calc|Working with Spreadsheets (Calc)]]
*[[Documentation/FAQ/Draw|Working with Drawings (Draw)]]
*[[Documentation/FAQ/Impress|Working with Presentations (Impress)]]
*[[Documentation/FAQ/Formula|Working with Formulae (Math)]]
*[[Documentation/FAQ/Databases|Working with Databases (Base)]]
*[[Documentation/FAQ/Macros|Macros]]
</div>
| width="45%" style="border-left: 1px dotted rgb(153, 153, 153); border-right: 1px dotted rgb(153, 153, 153);" | <div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">Developers/SysAdmin Guides</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[[Documentation/Administration Guide|Administration Guide]]
*[[Documentation/BASIC Guide|BASIC Programmers Guide]]
*[[Documentation/Building_Guide_AOO|Building Guide]]
*[[Documentation/DevGuide/OpenOffice.org Developers Guide|Developer's Guide]]
*[[Using_Cpp_with_the_OOo_SDK|Using C++ with the OpenOffice.org SDK]]

</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[[Documentation/Wiki Books|Download these guides as PDF / ODT]]
</div>
<div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">[[Documentation/Reference|Reference Lists]]</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[[Documentation/Reference/Math commands|Syntax for Math Formulae]]
*[[Documentation/How Tos/Calc: Functions listed by category|Calc Spreadsheet Functions]]
*[[Documentation/How Tos/Regular Expressions in Writer|Syntax for Regular Expressions in Writer]]
*[[Documentation/Reference/Bibtex-Bibliography Mappings|Bibtex-Bibliography_Mappings]]
</div> <div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">[[Documentation/How Tos|HOWTOs]]</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[[Documentation/How Tos|Installation and Setup]]
*[[Documentation/How Tos|Text Documents]]
*[[Documentation/How Tos|Databases]]
*[[Documentation/How Tos|Presentations]]
*[[Documentation/How Tos|Spreadsheets]]
</div> <div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">[[Documentation/Tutorials|Tutorials/Screencasts]]</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[[Documentation/Tutorials|Dennis Daniels' Tutorials]]
*[[Documentation/Tutorials|Carlo Daffara's Tutorials]]
*[[Documentation/Tutorials|Dai's Tutorials]]
*[[Documentation/Tutorials|Horst Jens' Tutorials]]
*[[Documentation/OpenOffice.org Conceptual Guides|OpenOffice.org Conceptual Guides]]
*[http://plan-b-for-openoffice.org Plan-B For OpenOffice.org Tutorials]

</div>
|}

{{Documentation/Hook}} {{PDL1}}

[[Category:Documentation]] [[Category:Project]]

{{Documentation/Languages}}

Documentation

2026-06-21T12:06:24Z

DiGro:

{{DISPLAYTITLE:The Apache OpenOffice Documentation Project}} __NOTOC__

{|
|-
| This project creates and maintains documentation in English for OpenOffice.org and {{AOo}}. Documentation can include user guides, [[Documentation/FAQ|FAQs]], [[Documentation/How Tos|How Tos]], samples, user templates, the application help, and training materials. The project [https://www.openoffice.org/documentation/ has a home page on the web as well].

If you cannot find what you're looking for, check out the [https://forum.openoffice.org/en/forum/ the OpenOffice User Forum].

This is a wiki, so feel free to contribute to {{AOo}} documentation. Here is the project's [[Documentation/Dashboard|dashboard]], where contributors coordinate their work.

| <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(140, 45, 6); margin: 0px 5px 5px; padding: 1px; float: right; width: 300px; background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);" id="contrib"><div style="padding: 2px; background-color: rgb(140, 45, 6); color: rgb(255, 255, 255); font-weight: bold; text-align: center;">WANT TO HELP?</div>
{|
|-
|
*[[Documentation/Contribute|How to contribute]]
*[[Documentation/Dashboard/Wiki Editing Policy|Wiki Editing Policy]]
*[[Documentation/Dashboard|Project Dashboard]]
*[[Documentation/Wishlist|Doc Wishlist]]
*[[:Category:Documentation/NeedsRework|Pages that Need Help!]]
*[[:Category:Documentation/BeingEdited|Pages in the Works]]
*[[:Category:Documentation/Candidate|Candidate Pages]]

|}
</div>
|}

{| align="center" cellspacing="8" cellpadding="3" style="border: 0px solid rgb(102, 102, 102);"
|- valign="top"
| width="45%" colspan="2" | <div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">Searching/Downloading</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*Search and download documents through the [https://documentation.openoffice.org Documentation Website]

</div>
|- valign="top"

| width="45%" | <div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">Installation Guide for OpenOffice.org 3.x and 4.x</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*{{PDF}}[[Media:Debian-quickinstall-oo.pdf|4.x Quick Install GNU Linux Debian PDF]] - 2021-01-09 (Jan 9) - 312.9 kb
*{{PDF}}[[Media:Installation_Guide_OOo3.pdf|3.x PDF]] - 2010-06-06 (June 6) - 470 kb
*{{OOoLogo}}[[Media:Installation_Guide_OOo3.odt|3.x ODT]] - 2010-06-06 (June 6) - 300 kb
</div><div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">User Guides for Apache OpenOffice 4.x</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[https://openoffice-uni.org/ Apache OpenOffice 4.1 Writer for Students in Arabic, Chinese, Dutch, English, French and German]
*[[Documentation/AOO4 User Guides/AOO4.1_User_Guide_Chapters|PDFs of Apache OpenOffice 4.1 User Guides]]
*[[Documentation/AOO4_User_Guides/AOO4.1_Chapters_ODT|ODTs of Apache OpenOffice 4.1 User Guides]]

*[[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides#Apache OpenOffice 4.1|Apache OpenOffice 4.1 in wiki format]]

</div><div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">User Guides for OpenOffice.org 3.x</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[[Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/OOo3.3_User_Guide_Chapters|PDFs of OpenOffice.org 3.3 User Guides]]
*[[Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/OOo3.3_Chapters_ODT|ODTs of OpenOffice.org 3.3 User Guides]]
*[[Documentation/OOo3 User Guides#OpenOffice.org 3.2|OpenOffice.org 3.2 in wiki format]]
*[[Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Chapters|PDFs of OpenOffice.org 3.2 User Guides]]
*[[Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Chapters_ODT|ODTs of OpenOffice.org 3.2 User Guides]]
*{{OOoLogo}}[http://documentation.openoffice.org/whitepapers/Creating_large_documents_with_OOo.odt Creating Large Documents with OpenOffice.org Writer] - 2010-02-11 (February 11) - 832 kb
</div> <div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">[[Documentation/OOoAuthors User Manual|User Guides for OpenOffice.org 2.x]]</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
</div> <div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">[[Documentation/FAQ|Frequently Asked Questions]]</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[[Documentation/FAQ/General|General Questions]]
*[[Documentation/FAQ/Installation|Installing OpenOffice.org]]
*[[Documentation/FAQ/Writer|Working with Text Documents (Writer)]]
*[[Documentation/FAQ/Calc|Working with Spreadsheets (Calc)]]
*[[Documentation/FAQ/Draw|Working with Drawings (Draw)]]
*[[Documentation/FAQ/Impress|Working with Presentations (Impress)]]
*[[Documentation/FAQ/Formula|Working with Formulae (Math)]]
*[[Documentation/FAQ/Databases|Working with Databases (Base)]]
*[[Documentation/FAQ/Macros|Macros]]
</div>
| width="45%" style="border-left: 1px dotted rgb(153, 153, 153); border-right: 1px dotted rgb(153, 153, 153);" | <div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">Developers/SysAdmin Guides</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[[Documentation/Administration Guide|Administration Guide]]
*[[Documentation/BASIC Guide|BASIC Programmers Guide]]
*[[Documentation/Building_Guide_AOO|Building Guide]]
*[[Documentation/DevGuide/OpenOffice.org Developers Guide|Developer's Guide]]
*[[Using_Cpp_with_the_OOo_SDK|Using C++ with the OpenOffice.org SDK]]

</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[[Documentation/Wiki Books|Download these guides as PDF / ODT]]
</div>
<div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">[[Documentation/Reference|Reference Lists]]</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[[Documentation/Reference/Math commands|Syntax for Math Formulae]]
*[[Documentation/How Tos/Calc: Functions listed by category|Calc Spreadsheet Functions]]
*[[Documentation/How Tos/Regular Expressions in Writer|Syntax for Regular Expressions in Writer]]
*[[Documentation/Reference/Bibtex-Bibliography Mappings|Bibtex-Bibliography_Mappings]]
</div> <div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">[[Documentation/How Tos|HOWTOs]]</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[[Documentation/How Tos|Installation and Setup]]
*[[Documentation/How Tos|Text Documents]]
*[[Documentation/How Tos|Databases]]
*[[Documentation/How Tos|Presentations]]
*[[Documentation/How Tos|Spreadsheets]]
</div> <div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">[[Documentation/Tutorials|Tutorials/Screencasts]]</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[[Documentation/Tutorials|Dennis Daniels' Tutorials]]
*[[Documentation/Tutorials|Carlo Daffara's Tutorials]]
*[[Documentation/Tutorials|Dai's Tutorials]]
*[[Documentation/Tutorials|Horst Jens' Tutorials]]
*[[Documentation/OpenOffice.org Conceptual Guides|OpenOffice.org Conceptual Guides]]
*[http://plan-b-for-openoffice.org Plan-B For OpenOffice.org Tutorials]

</div>
|}

{{Documentation/Hook}} {{PDL1}}

[[Category:Documentation]] [[Category:Project]]

{{Documentation/Languages}}

Documentation

2026-06-21T12:04:58Z

DiGro:

{{DISPLAYTITLE:The Apache OpenOffice Documentation Project}} __NOTOC__

{|
|-
| This project creates and maintains documentation in English for OpenOffice.org and {{AOo}}. Documentation can include user guides, [[Documentation/FAQ|FAQs]], [[Documentation/How Tos|How Tos]], samples, user templates, the application help, and training materials. The project [https://www.openoffice.org/documentation/ has a home page on the web as well].

If you cannot find what you're looking for, check out the [https://forum.openoffice.org/en/forum/ the OpenOffice User Forum].

This is a wiki, so feel free to contribute to {{AOo}} documentation. Here is the project's [[Documentation/Dashboard|dashboard]], where contributors coordinate their work.

| <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(140, 45, 6); margin: 0px 5px 5px; padding: 1px; float: right; width: 300px; background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);" id="contrib"><div style="padding: 2px; background-color: rgb(140, 45, 6); color: rgb(255, 255, 255); font-weight: bold; text-align: center;">WANT TO HELP?</div>
{|
|-
|
*[[Documentation/Contribute|How to contribute]]
*[[Documentation/Dashboard/Wiki Editing Policy|Wiki Editing Policy]]
*[[Documentation/Dashboard|Project Dashboard]]
*[[Documentation/Wishlist|Doc Wishlist]]
*[[:Category:Documentation/NeedsRework|Pages that Need Help!]]
*[[:Category:Documentation/BeingEdited|Pages in the Works]]
*[[:Category:Documentation/Candidate|Candidate Pages]]

|}
</div>
|}

{| align="center" cellspacing="8" cellpadding="3" style="border: 0px solid rgb(102, 102, 102);"
|- valign="top"
| width="45%" colspan="2" | <div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">Searching/Downloading</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*Search and download documents through the [https://documentation.openoffice.org Documentation Website]
*or, type here to search this Documentation Wiki: <google />
</div>
|- valign="top"

| width="45%" | <div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">Installation Guide for OpenOffice.org 3.x and 4.x</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*{{PDF}}[[Media:Debian-quickinstall-oo.pdf|4.x Quick Install GNU Linux Debian PDF]] - 2021-01-09 (Jan 9) - 312.9 kb
*{{PDF}}[[Media:Installation_Guide_OOo3.pdf|3.x PDF]] - 2010-06-06 (June 6) - 470 kb
*{{OOoLogo}}[[Media:Installation_Guide_OOo3.odt|3.x ODT]] - 2010-06-06 (June 6) - 300 kb
</div><div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">User Guides for Apache OpenOffice 4.x</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[https://openoffice-uni.org/ Apache OpenOffice 4.1 Writer for Students in Arabic, Chinese, Dutch, English, French and German]
*[[Documentation/AOO4 User Guides/AOO4.1_User_Guide_Chapters|PDFs of Apache OpenOffice 4.1 User Guides]]
*[[Documentation/AOO4_User_Guides/AOO4.1_Chapters_ODT|ODTs of Apache OpenOffice 4.1 User Guides]]

*[[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides#Apache OpenOffice 4.1|Apache OpenOffice 4.1 in wiki format]]

</div><div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">User Guides for OpenOffice.org 3.x</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[[Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/OOo3.3_User_Guide_Chapters|PDFs of OpenOffice.org 3.3 User Guides]]
*[[Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/OOo3.3_Chapters_ODT|ODTs of OpenOffice.org 3.3 User Guides]]
*[[Documentation/OOo3 User Guides#OpenOffice.org 3.2|OpenOffice.org 3.2 in wiki format]]
*[[Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Chapters|PDFs of OpenOffice.org 3.2 User Guides]]
*[[Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Chapters_ODT|ODTs of OpenOffice.org 3.2 User Guides]]
*{{OOoLogo}}[http://documentation.openoffice.org/whitepapers/Creating_large_documents_with_OOo.odt Creating Large Documents with OpenOffice.org Writer] - 2010-02-11 (February 11) - 832 kb
</div> <div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">[[Documentation/OOoAuthors User Manual|User Guides for OpenOffice.org 2.x]]</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
</div> <div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">[[Documentation/FAQ|Frequently Asked Questions]]</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[[Documentation/FAQ/General|General Questions]]
*[[Documentation/FAQ/Installation|Installing OpenOffice.org]]
*[[Documentation/FAQ/Writer|Working with Text Documents (Writer)]]
*[[Documentation/FAQ/Calc|Working with Spreadsheets (Calc)]]
*[[Documentation/FAQ/Draw|Working with Drawings (Draw)]]
*[[Documentation/FAQ/Impress|Working with Presentations (Impress)]]
*[[Documentation/FAQ/Formula|Working with Formulae (Math)]]
*[[Documentation/FAQ/Databases|Working with Databases (Base)]]
*[[Documentation/FAQ/Macros|Macros]]
</div>
| width="45%" style="border-left: 1px dotted rgb(153, 153, 153); border-right: 1px dotted rgb(153, 153, 153);" | <div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">Developers/SysAdmin Guides</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[[Documentation/Administration Guide|Administration Guide]]
*[[Documentation/BASIC Guide|BASIC Programmers Guide]]
*[[Documentation/Building_Guide_AOO|Building Guide]]
*[[Documentation/DevGuide/OpenOffice.org Developers Guide|Developer's Guide]]
*[[Using_Cpp_with_the_OOo_SDK|Using C++ with the OpenOffice.org SDK]]

</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[[Documentation/Wiki Books|Download these guides as PDF / ODT]]
</div>
<div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">[[Documentation/Reference|Reference Lists]]</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[[Documentation/Reference/Math commands|Syntax for Math Formulae]]
*[[Documentation/How Tos/Calc: Functions listed by category|Calc Spreadsheet Functions]]
*[[Documentation/How Tos/Regular Expressions in Writer|Syntax for Regular Expressions in Writer]]
*[[Documentation/Reference/Bibtex-Bibliography Mappings|Bibtex-Bibliography_Mappings]]
</div> <div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">[[Documentation/How Tos|HOWTOs]]</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[[Documentation/How Tos|Installation and Setup]]
*[[Documentation/How Tos|Text Documents]]
*[[Documentation/How Tos|Databases]]
*[[Documentation/How Tos|Presentations]]
*[[Documentation/How Tos|Spreadsheets]]
</div> <div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">[[Documentation/Tutorials|Tutorials/Screencasts]]</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[[Documentation/Tutorials|Dennis Daniels' Tutorials]]
*[[Documentation/Tutorials|Carlo Daffara's Tutorials]]
*[[Documentation/Tutorials|Dai's Tutorials]]
*[[Documentation/Tutorials|Horst Jens' Tutorials]]
*[[Documentation/OpenOffice.org Conceptual Guides|OpenOffice.org Conceptual Guides]]
*[http://plan-b-for-openoffice.org Plan-B For OpenOffice.org Tutorials]

</div>
|}

{{Documentation/Hook}} {{PDL1}}

[[Category:Documentation]] [[Category:Project]]

{{Documentation/Languages}}

Documentation/AOO4 User Guides/AOO4.1 User Guide Chapters

2026-06-21T12:01:31Z

DiGro:

{{DISPLAYTITLE:{{AOo}} 4.1 User Guides (PDF)}}

The {{AOo}} 4.1 guides are presented in chapters for easy use.



Editable files (.odt) are available from [https://wiki.openoffice.org/wiki/Documentation/AOO4_User_Guides/AOO4.1_Chapters_ODT this page].
---- 


{|style="border: 0px solid #666;" cellpadding=3 cellspacing=8 align=center

|-valign=top
|width=45% |
<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Getting Started Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS.pdf|Full Book]] - 2023-06-05 — (Jun 05)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS1.pdf|Preface]] - 2023-05-04 — May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS2.pdf|Chapter 1   - Introducing Apache OpenOffice]] — 2023-05-04 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS3.pdf|Chapter 2   - Styles and Templates]] — 2023-05-04 - (Apr 27)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS4.pdf|Chapter 3   - Getting Started with Writer]] — 2023-05-04 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS5.pdf|Chapter 4   - Getting Started with Calc]] — 2023-05-04 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS6.pdf|Chapter 5   - Getting Started with Impress]]— 2023-05-04 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS7.pdf|Chapter 6   - Getting Started with Draw]] — 2023-05-04 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS8.pdf|Chapter 7   - Getting Started with Base]] — 2023-05-04 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS9.pdf|Chapter 8   - Getting Started with Math]] — 2023-05-05 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS10.pdf|Chapter 9   - Printing, Exporting, and E-mailing]] — 2023-04-27 - (Apr 27)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS11.pdf|Chapter 10 - Graphics, the Gallery, and Fontworks]] — 2022-12-30 - (Dec 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS12.pdf|Chapter 11 - Setting Up and Customizing Apache OpenOffice]] — 2022-12-30 - (Dec 30)
</div>

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Writer Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG.pdf|Full Book]] - 2025-06-17 (Jun 17)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG1-IntroducingWriter.pdf|Chapter 1   - Introducing Writer]] — 2023-07-31 (Jul 31)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG2-SettingUpWriter.pdf|Chapter 2   - Setting Up Writer]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG3-WorkingWithText.pdf|Chapter 3   - Working with Text]] — 2023-11-10 (Nov 10)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG4-FormattingPages.pdf|Chapter 4   - Formatting Pages]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG5-PrintingExportingEmailing.pdf|Chapter 5   - Printing, Exporting, Emailing]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG6-IntroductionToStyles.pdf|Chapter 6   - Introduction to Styles]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG7-WorkingWithStyles.pdf|Chapter 7   - Working with Styles]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG8-WorkingWithGraphics.pdf|Chapter 8   - Working with Graphics]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG9-WorkingWithTables.pdf|Chapter 9   - Working with Tables]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG10-WorkingWithTemplatesInWriter.pdf|Chapter 10 - Working with Templates in Writer]] — 2025-06-24 (Jun 24)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG11-UsingMailMerge.pdf|Chapter 11 - Using Mail Merge]] — 2025-06-24 (Jun 24)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG12-TOCsIndexesBiblios.pdf|Chapter 12 - Tables of Contents, Indexes, and Bibliographies]] — 2025-06-24 (Jun 24)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG13-WorkingWithMasterDocument.pdf|Chapter 13 - Working with Master Documents]] — 2025-07-07 (Jul 7)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG14-WorkingWithFields.pdf|Chapter 14 - Working with Fields]] — 2025-07-14 (Jul 14)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG15-UsingFormsInWriter.pdf|Chapter 15 - Using Forms in Writer]] — 2025-07-14 (Jul 14)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG16-CustomizingWriter.pdf|Chapter 16 - Customizing Writer]] — 2025-07-14 (Jul 14)
</div>

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Math Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41MG01.pdf|Math Guide]] — 2026-03-16 (March 16)


|width="45%" style="border-right: 1px dotted #999;border-left: 1px dotted #999; "|


<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Calc Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG.pdf|Full Book]] - 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG01-IntroducingCalc.pdf|Chapter 1   - Introducing Calc]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG02-EnterEditFormatData.pdf|Chapter 2   - Enter Edit Format Data]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG03-ChartsAndGraphs.pdf|Chapter 3   - Charts And Graphs]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG04-StylesAndTemplates.pdf|Chapter 4   - Styles And Templates]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG05-UsingGraphicsInCalc.pdf|Chapter 5   - Using Graphics In Calc]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG06-PrintingExportingEmailing.pdf|Chapter 6   - Printing Exporting Emailing]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG07-FormulasAndFunctions.pdf|Chapter 7   - Formulas And Functions]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG08-PivotTable.pdf|Chapter 8   - Pivot Table]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG09-DataAnalysis.pdf|Chapter 9   - Data Analysis]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG10-LinkingCalcData.pdf|Chapter 10 - Linking Calc Data]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG11-SharingAndReviewing.pdf|Chapter 11 - Sharing And Reviewing]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG12-CalcMacro.pdf|Chapter 12 - Calc Macro]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG13-CalcAsASimpleDatabase.pdf|Chapter 13 - Calc As A Simple Database]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG14-CustomizingCalc.pdf|Chapter 14 - Customizing Calc]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG15-KeyboardShortcuts.pdf|Chapter 15 - Keyboard Shortcuts]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG16-CalcFunctions.pdf|Chapter 16 - Calc Functions]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG17-CalcErrorCodes.pdf|Chapter 17 - Calc Error Codes]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
</div>

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Draw Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG.pdf|Full Book]] - 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG01-IntroducingDraw.pdf|Chapter 1   - Introducing Draw]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG02-DrawingBasicShapes.pdf|Chapter 2   - Drawing Basic Shapes]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG03-WorkingWithObjects.pdf|Chapter 3   - Working with Objects and Object Points]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG04-ChangingObjectAttributes.pdf|Chapter 4   - Changing Object Attributes]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG05-CombiningMultipleObjects.pdf|Chapter 5   - Combining Multiple Objects]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG06-EditingPictures.pdf|Chapter 6   - Editing Pictures (Raster Graphics)]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG07-3DObjects.pdf|Chapter 7   - Working with 3D Objects]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG08-TipsAndTricks.pdf|Chapter 8   - Tips and Tricks]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG09-FlowDiagramsOrgCharts.pdf|Chapter 9   - Organization Charts, Flow Diagrams, and More]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG10-AdvancedDrawTechniques.pdf|Chapter 10 - Advanced Draw Techniques]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
</div>

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Impress Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG.pdf|Full Book]] - 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG01-IntroducingImpress.pdf|Chapter 1   - Introducing Impress]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG02-SlideMastersStylesTemplates.pdf|Chapter 2   - Using Slide Masters, Styles, and Templates]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG03-AddFormatText.pdf|Chapter 3   - Adding And Formatting Text]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG04-AddFormatPictures.pdf|Chapter 4   - Adding And Formatting Pictures]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG05-ManageGraphicObjects.pdf|Chapter 5   - Managing Graphic Objects]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG06-FormatGraphicObjects.pdf|Chapter 6   - Formatting Graphic Objects]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG07-SpreadsheetsChartsObjects.pdf|Chapter 7   - Including Spreadsheets, Charts, and Other Objects]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG08-SlidesNotesHandouts.pdf|Chapter 8   - Adding and Formatting Slides, Notes, and Handouts]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG09-SlideShows.pdf|Chapter 9   - SlideShows]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG10-PrintEmailExportSave.pdf|Chapter 10 - Printing, e-mailing, exporting and saving slideshows]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG11-CustomizingImpress.pdf|Chapter 11 - Setting Up and Customizing Impress]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG12-KeyboardShortcuts.pdf|Chapter 12 - Keyboard Shortcuts]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
</div>
|} 
{{CCBY}}
[[Category:Documentation]]
[[Category:PDF]]

Documentation/AOO4 User Guides/AOO4.1 Chapters ODT

2026-06-21T12:00:38Z

DiGro:

{{DISPLAYTITLE:{{AOo}} 4.1 User Guides (ODT)}}

The {{AOo}} 4.1 guides are presented in chapters for easy use.



{{PDF}} PDF files (.pdf) are available from [https://wiki.openoffice.org/wiki/Documentation/AOO4_User_Guides/AOO4.1_User_Guide_Chapters this page].
---- 


{|style="border: 0px solid #666;” cellpadding=3 cellspacing=8 align=center
|-valign=top
|width=45% |
<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Getting Started Guide – V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:AOO41GS.odt|Full Book]] — 2023-06-05 (Jun 05) - 4.78 MB
* [[Media:AOO41GS1.odt|Preface]] — 2023-05-04 (May 04) - 81.6 KB
* [[Media:AOO41GS2.odt|Chapter 1   - Introducing Apache OpenOffice]] — 2022-05-04 May 04) - 591.1 KB
* [[Media:AOO41GS3.odt|Chapter 2   - Using Styles and Templates]] — 2023-05-04 (May 04) - 318.4 KB
* [[Media:AOO41GS4.odt|Chapter 3   - Getting Started with Writer]] — 2023-05-04 (May 04) - 732.8 KB
* [[Media:AOO41GS5.odt|Chapter 4   - Getting Started with Calc]] — 2023-05-04 (May 04) - 1200.8 KB
* [[Media:AOO41GS6.odt|Chapter 5   - Getting Started with Impress]] — 2023-05-04 (May 04) - 1200.8 KB
* [[Media:AOO41GS7.odt|Chapter 6   - Getting Started with Draw]] — 2023-05-04 (May 04) - 1.29 MB
* [[Media:AOO41GS8.odt|Chapter 7   - Getting Started with Base]] — 2023-05-04 (May 04) - 978.6 KB
* [[Media:AOO41GS9.odt|Chapter 8   - Getting Started with Math]] — 2023-05-04 (May 04) - 452.7 KB
* [[Media:AOO41GS10.odt|Chapter 9   - Printing, Exporting, and E‑mailing]] — 2023-05-05 — (May 04) - 768.9 KB
* [[Media:AOO41GS11.odt|Chapter 10 - Graphics, the Gallery, and Fontwork]] — 2023-05-05 — (May 04) - 1602.0 KB
* [[Media:AOO41GS12.odt|Chapter 11 - Setting Up and Customizing Apache OpenOffice]] — 2023-05-05 — (May 04) - 1471.9 KB
</div>


<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Writer Guide — V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:AOO41WG.odt|Full Book]] — 2025-06-17 (June 17) - 11,480.8 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG1-IntroducingWriter.odt|Chapter 1   - Introducing Writer]] — 2025-06-21 (June 21) - 675.3 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG2-SettingUpWriter.odt|Chapter 2   - Setting Up Writer]] — 2025-06-21 (June 21) - 667.2 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG3-WorkingWithText.odt|Chapter 3   - Working With Text]] — 2025-06-21 (June 21) - 1,003.4 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG4-FormattingPages.odt|Chapter 4   - Formatting Pages]] — 2025-06-21 (June 21) - 3,328.0 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG5-PrintingExportingEmailing.odt|Chapter 5   - Printing Exporting Emailing]] — 2025-06-21) June 21) - 675.0 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG6-IntroductionToStyles.odt|Chapter 6   - Introduction To Styles]] — 2025-06-21 (June 21) - 7515.9 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG7-WorkingWithStyles.odt|Chapter 7   - Working With Styles]] — 2025-06-21 (June 21) - 675.0 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG8-WorkingWithGraphics.odt|Chapter 8   - Working With Graphics]] — 2025-06-21 (June 21) - 758.0 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG9-WorkingWithTables.odt|Chapter 9   - Working With Tables]] — 2025-06-21 (June 21) - 365.0 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG10-WorkingWithTemplatesInWriter.odt|Chapter 10 - Working With Templates In Writer]] — 2025-06-24 (June 24) - 176.4 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG11-UsingMailMerge.odt|Chapter 11 - Using MailMerge]] — 2025-06-24 (June 24) - 13.20.9 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG12-TOCsIndexesBiblios.odt|Chapter 12 - TOCs Indexes Biblios]] — 2025-06-24 (June 24) - 851.0 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG13-WorkingWithMasterDocument.odt|Chapter 13 - Working With Master Documents]] — 2025-07-07 (July 07) - 411.9 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG14-WorkingWithFields.odt|Chapter 14 - Working With Fields]] — 2025-07-14 (July 14) - 1.084 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG15-UsingFormsInWriter.odt|Chapter 15 - Using Forms In Writer]] — 2025-07-14 (July 14) - 486 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG16-CustomizingWriter.odt|Chapter 16 - Customizing Writer]] — 2025-07-14 (July 14) - 392 KB
</div>

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Math Guide – V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* [[Media:AOO41MG01.odt|Math Guide]] — 2026-03-16 (March 16) - 873 KB


|width="48%" style="border-right: 1px dotted #999;border-left: 1px dotted #999; "|


{|style="border: 0px solid #666;” cellpadding=3 cellspacing=8 align=center
|-valign=top
|width=45% |
<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Calc Guide – V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">
* {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:AOO41CG.odt|Full Book]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 20.84 MB
* [[Media:AOO41CG01-IntroducingCalc.odt|Chapter 1   - Introducing Calc]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 914 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG02-EnterEditFormatData.odt|Chapter 2   - Enter Edit Format Data]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 580 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG03-ChartsAndGraphs.odt|Chapter 3   - Charts And Graphs]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 886 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG04-StylesAndTemplates.odt|Chapter 4   - Styles And Templates]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 289 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG05-UsingGraphicsInCalc.odt|Chapter 5   - Using Graphics In Calc]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 2.14 MB
* [[Media:AOO41CG06-PrintingExportingEmailing.odt|Chapter 6   - Printing Exporting Emailing]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 480 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG07-FormulasAndFunctions.odt|Chapter 7   - Formulas And Functions]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 663 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG08-PivotTable.odt|Chapter 8   - Pivot Table]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 1.35 MB
* [[Media:AOO41CG09-DataAnalysis.odt|Chapter 9   - Data Analysis]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 306 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG10-LinkingCalcData.odt|Chapter 10 - Linking Calc Data]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 433 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG11-SharingAndReviewing.odt|Chapter 11 - Sharing And Reviewing]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 339 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG12-CalcMacro.odt|Chapter 12 - Calc Macro]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 296 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG13-CalcAsASimpleDatabase.odt|Chapter 13 - Calc As A Simple Database]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 1.31 MB
* [[Media:AOO41CG14-CustomizingCalc.odt|Chapter 14 - Customizing Calc]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 612 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG15-KeyboardShortcuts.odt|Chapter 15 - Keyboard Shortcuts]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 29.4 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG16-CalcFunctions.odt|Chapter 16 - Calc Functions]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 59.4 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG17-CalcErrorCodes.odt|Chapter 17 - Calc Error Codes]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 42.0 kB
</div>

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Draw Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:AOO41DG.odt|Full Book]] - 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* [[Media:AOO41DG01-IntroducingDraw.odt|Chapter 1   - Introducing Draw]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* [[Media:AOO41DG02-DrawingBasicShapes.odt|Chapter 2   - Drawing Basic Shapes]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* [[Media:AOO41DG03-WorkingWithObjects.odt|Chapter 3   - Working with Objects and Object Points]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* [[Media:AOO41DG04-ChangingObjectAttributes.odt|Chapter 4   - Changing Object Attributes]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* [[Media:AOO41DG05-CombiningMultipleObjects.odt|Chapter 5   - Combining Multiple Objects]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* [[Media:AOO41DG06-EditingPictures.odt|Chapter 6   - Editing Pictures (Raster Graphics)]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* [[Media:AOO41DG07-3DObjects.odt|Chapter 7   - Working with 3D Objects]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* [[Media:AOO41DG08-TipsAndTricks.odt|Chapter 8   - Tips and Tricks]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* [[Media:AOO41DG09-FlowDiagramsOrgCharts.odt|Chapter 9   - Organization Charts, Flow Diagrams, and More]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* [[Media:AOO41DG10-AdvancedDrawTechniques.odt|Chapter 10 - Advanced Draw Techniques]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
</div>

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Impress Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:AOO41IG.odt|Full Book]] - 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG01-IntroducingImpress.odt|Chapter 1   - Introducing Impress]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG02-SlideMastersStylesTemplates.odt|Chapter 2   - Using Slide Masters, Styles, and Templates]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG03-AddFormatText.odt|Chapter 3   - Adding And Formatting Text]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG04-AddFormatPictures.odt|Chapter 4   - Adding And Formatting Pictures]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG05-ManageGraphicObjects.odt|Chapter 5   - Managing Graphic Objects]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG06-FormatGraphicObjects.odt|Chapter 6   - Formatting Graphic Objects]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG07-SpreadsheetsChartsObjects.odt|Chapter 7   - Including Spreadsheets, Charts, and Other Objects]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG08-SlidesNotesHandouts.odt|Chapter 8   - Adding and Formatting Slides, Notes, and Handouts]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG09-SlideShows.odt|Chapter 9   - SlideShows]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG10-PrintEmailExportSave.odt|Chapter 10 - Printing, e-mailing, exporting and saving slideshows]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG11-CustomizingImpress.odt|Chapter 11 - Setting Up and Customizing Impress]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG12-KeyboardShortcuts.odt|Chapter 12 - Keyboard Shortcuts]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
</div>
|}
{{CCBY}}
[[Category:Documentation]]
[[Category:ODT]]

Documentation/AOO4 User Guides/AOO4.1 Chapters ODT

2026-06-21T11:58:53Z

DiGro:

{{DISPLAYTITLE:{{AOo}} 4.1 User Guides (ODT)}}

The {{AOo}} 4.1 guides are presented in chapters for easy use.



{{PDF}} PDF files (.pdf) are available from [https://wiki.openoffice.org/wiki/Documentation/AOO4_User_Guides/AOO4.1_User_Guide_Chapters this page].
---- 


{|style="border: 0px solid #666;” cellpadding=3 cellspacing=8 align=center
|-valign=top
|width=45% |
<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Getting Started Guide – V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:AOO41GS.odt|Full Book]] — 2023-06-05 (Jun 05) - 4.78 MB
* [[Media:AOO41GS1.odt|Preface]] — 2023-05-04 (May 04) - 81.6 KB
* [[Media:AOO41GS2.odt|Chapter 1   - Introducing Apache OpenOffice]] — 2022-05-04 May 04) - 591.1 KB
* [[Media:AOO41GS3.odt|Chapter 2   - Using Styles and Templates]] — 2023-05-04 (May 04) - 318.4 KB
* [[Media:AOO41GS4.odt|Chapter 3   - Getting Started with Writer]] — 2023-05-04 (May 04) - 732.8 KB
* [[Media:AOO41GS5.odt|Chapter 4   - Getting Started with Calc]] — 2023-05-04 (May 04) - 1200.8 KB
* [[Media:AOO41GS6.odt|Chapter 5   - Getting Started with Impress]] — 2023-05-04 (May 04) - 1200.8 KB
* [[Media:AOO41GS7.odt|Chapter 6   - Getting Started with Draw]] — 2023-05-04 (May 04) - 1.29 MB
* [[Media:AOO41GS8.odt|Chapter 7   - Getting Started with Base]] — 2023-05-04 (May 04) - 978.6 KB
* [[Media:AOO41GS9.odt|Chapter 8   - Getting Started with Math]] — 2023-05-04 (May 04) - 452.7 KB
* [[Media:AOO41GS10.odt|Chapter 9   - Printing, Exporting, and E‑mailing]] — 2023-05-05 — (May 04) - 768.9 KB
* [[Media:AOO41GS11.odt|Chapter 10 - Graphics, the Gallery, and Fontwork]] — 2023-05-05 — (May 04) - 1602.0 KB
* [[Media:AOO41GS12.odt|Chapter 11 - Setting Up and Customizing Apache OpenOffice]] — 2023-05-05 — (May 04) - 1471.9 KB
</div>


<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Writer Guide — V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:AOO41WG.odt|Full Book]] — 2025-06-17 (June 17) - 11,480.8 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG1-IntroducingWriter.odt|Chapter 1   - Introducing Writer]] — 2025-06-21 (June 21) - 675.3 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG2-SettingUpWriter.odt|Chapter 2   - Setting Up Writer]] — 2025-06-21 (June 21) - 667.2 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG3-WorkingWithText.odt|Chapter 3   - Working With Text]] — 2025-06-21 (June 21) - 1,003.4 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG4-FormattingPages.odt|Chapter 4   - Formatting Pages]] — 2025-06-21 (June 21) - 3,328.0 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG5-PrintingExportingEmailing.odt|Chapter 5   - Printing Exporting Emailing]] — 2025-06-21) June 21) - 675.0 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG6-IntroductionToStyles.odt|Chapter 6   - Introduction To Styles]] — 2025-06-21 (June 21) - 7515.9 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG7-WorkingWithStyles.odt|Chapter 7   - Working With Styles]] — 2025-06-21 (June 21) - 675.0 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG8-WorkingWithGraphics.odt|Chapter 8   - Working With Graphics]] — 2025-06-21 (June 21) - 758.0 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG9-WorkingWithTables.odt|Chapter 9   - Working With Tables]] — 2025-06-21 (June 21) - 365.0 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG10-WorkingWithTemplatesInWriter.odt|Chapter 10 - Working With Templates In Writer]] — 2025-06-24 (June 24) - 176.4 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG11-UsingMailMerge.odt|Chapter 11 - Using MailMerge]] — 2025-06-24 (June 24) - 13.20.9 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG12-TOCsIndexesBiblios.odt|Chapter 12 - TOCs Indexes Biblios]] — 2025-06-24 (June 24) - 851.0 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG13-WorkingWithMasterDocument.odt|Chapter 13 - Working With Master Documents]] — 2025-07-07 (July 07) - 411.9 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG14-WorkingWithFields.odt|Chapter 14 - Working With Fields]] — 2025-07-14 (July 14) - 1.084 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG15-UsingFormsInWriter.odt|Chapter 15 - Using Forms In Writer]] — 2025-07-14 (July 14) - 486 KB
* [[Media:AOO41WG16-CustomizingWriter.odt|Chapter 16 - Customizing Writer]] — 2025-07-14 (July 14) - 392 KB
</div>

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Math Guide – V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* [[Media:AOO41MG01.odt|Math Guide]] — 2026-03-16 (March 16) - 873 KB


|width="48%" style="border-right: 1px dotted #999;border-left: 1px dotted #999; "|


{|style="border: 0px solid #666;” cellpadding=3 cellspacing=8 align=center
|-valign=top
|width=45% |
<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Calc Guide – V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">
* {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:AOO41CG.odt|Full Book]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 20.84 MB
* [[Media:AOO41CG01-IntroducingCalc.odt|Chapter 1   - Introducing Calc]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 914 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG02-EnterEditFormatData.odt|Chapter 2   - Enter Edit Format Data]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 580 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG03-ChartsAndGraphs.odt|Chapter 3   - Charts And Graphs]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 886 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG04-StylesAndTemplates.odt|Chapter 4   - Styles And Templates]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 289 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG05-UsingGraphicsInCalc.odt|Chapter 5   - Using Graphics In Calc]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 2.14 MB
* [[Media:AOO41CG06-PrintingExportingEmailing.odt|Chapter 6   - Printing Exporting Emailing]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 480 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG07-FormulasAndFunctions.odt|Chapter 7   - Formulas And Functions]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 663 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG08-PivotTable.odt|Chapter 8   - Pivot Table]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 1.35 MB
* [[Media:AOO41CG09-DataAnalysis.odt|Chapter 9   - Data Analysis]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 306 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG10-LinkingCalcData.odt|Chapter 10 - Linking Calc Data]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 433 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG11-SharingAndReviewing.odt|Chapter 11 - Sharing And Reviewing]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 339 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG12-CalcMacro.odt|Chapter 12 - Calc Macro]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 296 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG13-CalcAsASimpleDatabase.odt|Chapter 13 - Calc As A Simple Database]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 1.31 MB
* [[Media:AOO41CG14-CustomizingCalc.odt|Chapter 14 - Customizing Calc]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 612 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG15-KeyboardShortcuts.odt|Chapter 15 - Keyboard Shortcuts]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 29.4 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG16-CalcFunctions.odt|Chapter 16 - Calc Functions]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 59.4 kB
* [[Media:AOO41CG17-CalcErrorCodes.odt|Chapter 17 - Calc Error Codes]] — 2025-09-02 (September 2) - 42.0 kB
</div>

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Draw Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:AOO41DG.odt|Full Book]] - 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* [[Media:AOO41DG01-IntroducingDraw.odt|Chapter 1   - Introducing Draw]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* [[Media:AOO41DG02-DrawingBasicShapes.odt|Chapter 2   - Drawing Basic Shapes]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* [[Media:AOO41DG03-WorkingWithObjects.odt|Chapter 3   - Working with Objects and Object Points]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* [[Media:AOO41DG04-ChangingObjectAttributes.odt|Chapter 4   - Changing Object Attributes]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* [[Media:AOO41DG05-CombiningMultipleObjects.odt|Chapter 5   - Combining Multiple Objects]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* [[Media:AOO41DG06-EditingPictures.odt|Chapter 6   - Editing Pictures (Raster Graphics)]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* [[Media:AOO41DG07-3DObjects.odt|Chapter 7   - Working with 3D Objects]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* [[Media:AOO41DG08-TipsAndTricks.odt|Chapter 8   - Tips and Tricks]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* [[Media:AOO41DG09-FlowDiagramsOrgCharts.odt|Chapter 9 - Organization Charts, Flow Diagrams, and More]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* [[Media:AOO41DG10-AdvancedDrawTechniques.odt|Chapter 10 - Advanced Draw Techniques]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
</div>

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Impress Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:AOO41IG.odt|Full Book]] - 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG01-IntroducingImpress.odt|Chapter 1   - Introducing Impress]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG02-SlideMastersStylesTemplates.odt|Chapter 2   - Using Slide Masters, Styles, and Templates]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG03-AddFormatText.odt|Chapter 3   - Adding And Formatting Text]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG04-AddFormatPictures.odt|Chapter 4   - Adding And Formatting Pictures]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG05-ManageGraphicObjects.odt|Chapter 5   - Managing Graphic Objects]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG06-FormatGraphicObjects.odt|Chapter 6   - Formatting Graphic Objects]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG07-SpreadsheetsChartsObjects.odt|Chapter 7   - Including Spreadsheets, Charts, and Other Objects]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG08-SlidesNotesHandouts.odt|Chapter 8   - Adding and Formatting Slides, Notes, and Handouts]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG09-SlideShows.odt|Chapter 9   - SlideShows]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG10-PrintEmailExportSave.odt|Chapter 10 - Printing, e-mailing, exporting and saving slideshows]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG11-CustomizingImpress.odt|Chapter 11 - Setting Up and Customizing Impress]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* [[Media:AOO41IG12-KeyboardShortcuts.odt|Chapter 12 - Keyboard Shortcuts]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
</div>
|}
{{CCBY}}
[[Category:Documentation]]
[[Category:ODT]]

Documentation/AOO4 User Guides/AOO4.1 User Guide Chapters

2026-06-21T11:54:40Z

DiGro:

{{DISPLAYTITLE:{{AOo}} 4.1 User Guides (PDF)}}

The {{AOo}} 4.1 guides are presented in chapters for easy use.



Editable files (.odt) are available from [https://wiki.openoffice.org/wiki/Documentation/AOO4_User_Guides/AOO4.1_Chapters_ODT this page].
----

{|style="border: 0px solid #666;" cellpadding=3 cellspacing=8 align=center

|-valign=top
|width=45% |
<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Getting Started Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS.pdf|Full Book]] - 2023-06-05 — (Jun 05)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS1.pdf|Preface]] - 2023-05-04 — May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS2.pdf|Chapter 1   - Introducing Apache OpenOffice]] — 2023-05-04 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS3.pdf|Chapter 2   - Styles and Templates]] — 2023-05-04 - (Apr 27)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS4.pdf|Chapter 3   - Getting Started with Writer]] — 2023-05-04 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS5.pdf|Chapter 4   - Getting Started with Calc]] — 2023-05-04 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS6.pdf|Chapter 5   - Getting Started with Impress]]— 2023-05-04 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS7.pdf|Chapter 6   - Getting Started with Draw]] — 2023-05-04 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS8.pdf|Chapter 7   - Getting Started with Base]] — 2023-05-04 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS9.pdf|Chapter 8   - Getting Started with Math]] — 2023-05-05 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS10.pdf|Chapter 9   - Printing, Exporting, and E-mailing]] — 2023-04-27 - (Apr 27)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS11.pdf|Chapter 10 - Graphics, the Gallery, and Fontworks]] — 2022-12-30 - (Dec 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS12.pdf|Chapter 11 - Setting Up and Customizing Apache OpenOffice]] — 2022-12-30 - (Dec 30)
</div>

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Writer Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG.pdf|Full Book]] - 2025-06-17 (Jun 17)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG1-IntroducingWriter.pdf|Chapter 1   - Introducing Writer]] — 2023-07-31 (Jul 31)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG2-SettingUpWriter.pdf|Chapter 2   - Setting Up Writer]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG3-WorkingWithText.pdf|Chapter 3   - Working with Text]] — 2023-11-10 (Nov 10)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG4-FormattingPages.pdf|Chapter 4   - Formatting Pages]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG5-PrintingExportingEmailing.pdf|Chapter 5   - Printing, Exporting, Emailing]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG6-IntroductionToStyles.pdf|Chapter 6   - Introduction to Styles]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG7-WorkingWithStyles.pdf|Chapter 7   - Working with Styles]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG8-WorkingWithGraphics.pdf|Chapter 8   - Working with Graphics]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG9-WorkingWithTables.pdf|Chapter 9   - Working with Tables]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG10-WorkingWithTemplatesInWriter.pdf|Chapter 10 - Working with Templates in Writer]] — 2025-06-24 (Jun 24)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG11-UsingMailMerge.pdf|Chapter 11 - Using Mail Merge]] — 2025-06-24 (Jun 24)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG12-TOCsIndexesBiblios.pdf|Chapter 12 - Tables of Contents, Indexes, and Bibliographies]] — 2025-06-24 (Jun 24)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG13-WorkingWithMasterDocument.pdf|Chapter 13 - Working with Master Documents]] — 2025-07-07 (Jul 7)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG14-WorkingWithFields.pdf|Chapter 14 - Working with Fields]] — 2025-07-14 (Jul 14)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG15-UsingFormsInWriter.pdf|Chapter 15 - Using Forms in Writer]] — 2025-07-14 (Jul 14)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG16-CustomizingWriter.pdf|Chapter 16 - Customizing Writer]] — 2025-07-14 (Jul 14)
</div>

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Math Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41MG01.pdf|Math Guide]] — 2026-03-16 (March 16)


|width="45%" style="border-right: 1px dotted #999;border-left: 1px dotted #999; "|


<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Calc Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG.pdf|Full Book]] - 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG01-IntroducingCalc.pdf|Chapter 1   - Introducing Calc]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG02-EnterEditFormatData.pdf|Chapter 2   - Enter Edit Format Data]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG03-ChartsAndGraphs.pdf|Chapter 3   - Charts And Graphs]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG04-StylesAndTemplates.pdf|Chapter 4   - Styles And Templates]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG05-UsingGraphicsInCalc.pdf|Chapter 5   - Using Graphics In Calc]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG06-PrintingExportingEmailing.pdf|Chapter 6   - Printing Exporting Emailing]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG07-FormulasAndFunctions.pdf|Chapter 7   - Formulas And Functions]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG08-PivotTable.pdf|Chapter 8   - Pivot Table]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG09-DataAnalysis.pdf|Chapter 9   - Data Analysis]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG10-LinkingCalcData.pdf|Chapter 10 - Linking Calc Data]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG11-SharingAndReviewing.pdf|Chapter 11 - Sharing And Reviewing]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG12-CalcMacro.pdf|Chapter 12 - Calc Macro]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG13-CalcAsASimpleDatabase.pdf|Chapter 13 - Calc As A Simple Database]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG14-CustomizingCalc.pdf|Chapter 14 - Customizing Calc]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG15-KeyboardShortcuts.pdf|Chapter 15 - Keyboard Shortcuts]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG16-CalcFunctions.pdf|Chapter 16 - Calc Functions]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG17-CalcErrorCodes.pdf|Chapter 17 - Calc Error Codes]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
</div>

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Draw Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG.pdf|Full Book]] - 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG01-IntroducingDraw.pdf|Chapter 1   - Introducing Draw]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG02-DrawingBasicShapes.pdf|Chapter 2   - Drawing Basic Shapes]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG03-WorkingWithObjects.pdf|Chapter 3   - Working with Objects and Object Points]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG04-ChangingObjectAttributes.pdf|Chapter 4   - Changing Object Attributes]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG05-CombiningMultipleObjects.pdf|Chapter 5   - Combining Multiple Objects]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG06-EditingPictures.pdf|Chapter 6   - Editing Pictures (Raster Graphics)]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG07-3DObjects.pdf|Chapter 7   - Working with 3D Objects]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG08-TipsAndTricks.pdf|Chapter 8   - Tips and Tricks]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG09-FlowDiagramsOrgCharts.pdf|Chapter 9   - Organization Charts, Flow Diagrams, and More]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG10-AdvancedDrawTechniques.pdf|Chapter 10 - Advanced Draw Techniques]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
</div>

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Impress Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG.pdf|Full Book]] - 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG01-IntroducingImpress.pdf|Chapter 1   - Introducing Impress]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG02-SlideMastersStylesTemplates.pdf|Chapter 2   - Using Slide Masters, Styles, and Templates]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG03-AddFormatText.pdf|Chapter 3   - Adding And Formatting Text]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG04-AddFormatPictures.pdf|Chapter 4   - Adding And Formatting Pictures]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG05-ManageGraphicObjects.pdf|Chapter 5   - Managing Graphic Objects]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG06-FormatGraphicObjects.pdf|Chapter 6   - Formatting Graphic Objects]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG07-SpreadsheetsChartsObjects.pdf|Chapter 7   - Including Spreadsheets, Charts, and Other Objects]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG08-SlidesNotesHandouts.pdf|Chapter 8   - Adding and Formatting Slides, Notes, and Handouts]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG09-SlideShows.pdf|Chapter 9   - SlideShows]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG10-PrintEmailExportSave.pdf|Chapter 10 - Printing, e-mailing, exporting and saving slideshows]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG11-CustomizingImpress.pdf|Chapter 11 - Setting Up and Customizing Impress]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG12-KeyboardShortcuts.pdf|Chapter 12 - Keyboard Shortcuts]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
</div>
|} 
{{CCBY}}
[[Category:Documentation]]
[[Category:PDF]]

Documentation/AOO4 User Guides/AOO4.1 User Guide Chapters

2026-06-21T11:47:36Z

DiGro:

{{DISPLAYTITLE:{{AOo}} 4.1 User Guides (PDF)}}

The {{AOo}} 4.1 guides are presented in chapters for easy use.

{{Note|These Guides are in process and will be added here as they become available}}

Editable files (.odt) are available from [https://wiki.openoffice.org/wiki/Documentation/AOO4_User_Guides/AOO4.1_Chapters_ODT this page].
----

{|style="border: 0px solid #666;" cellpadding=3 cellspacing=8 align=center

|-valign=top
|width=45% |
<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Getting Started Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS.pdf|Full Book]] - 2023-06-05 — (Jun 05)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS1.pdf|Preface]] - 2023-05-04 — May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS2.pdf|Chapter 1   - Introducing Apache OpenOffice]] — 2023-05-04 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS3.pdf|Chapter 2   - Styles and Templates]] — 2023-05-04 - (Apr 27)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS4.pdf|Chapter 3   - Getting Started with Writer]] — 2023-05-04 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS5.pdf|Chapter 4   - Getting Started with Calc]] — 2023-05-04 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS6.pdf|Chapter 5   - Getting Started with Impress]]— 2023-05-04 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS7.pdf|Chapter 6   - Getting Started with Draw]] — 2023-05-04 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS8.pdf|Chapter 7   - Getting Started with Base]] — 2023-05-04 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS9.pdf|Chapter 8   - Getting Started with Math]] — 2023-05-05 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS10.pdf|Chapter 9   - Printing, Exporting, and E-mailing]] — 2023-04-27 - (Apr 27)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS11.pdf|Chapter 10 - Graphics, the Gallery, and Fontworks]] — 2022-12-30 - (Dec 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS12.pdf|Chapter 11 - Setting Up and Customizing Apache OpenOffice]] — 2022-12-30 - (Dec 30)
</div>

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Writer Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG.pdf|Full Book]] - 2025-06-17 (Jun 17)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG1-IntroducingWriter.pdf|Chapter 1   - Introducing Writer]] — 2023-07-31 (Jul 31)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG2-SettingUpWriter.pdf|Chapter 2   - Setting Up Writer]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG3-WorkingWithText.pdf|Chapter 3   - Working with Text]] — 2023-11-10 (Nov 10)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG4-FormattingPages.pdf|Chapter 4   - Formatting Pages]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG5-PrintingExportingEmailing.pdf|Chapter 5   - Printing, Exporting, Emailing]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG6-IntroductionToStyles.pdf|Chapter 6   - Introduction to Styles]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG7-WorkingWithStyles.pdf|Chapter 7   - Working with Styles]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG8-WorkingWithGraphics.pdf|Chapter 8   - Working with Graphics]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG9-WorkingWithTables.pdf|Chapter 9   - Working with Tables]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG10-WorkingWithTemplatesInWriter.pdf|Chapter 10 - Working with Templates in Writer]] — 2025-06-24 (Jun 24)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG11-UsingMailMerge.pdf|Chapter 11 - Using Mail Merge]] — 2025-06-24 (Jun 24)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG12-TOCsIndexesBiblios.pdf|Chapter 12 - Tables of Contents, Indexes, and Bibliographies]] — 2025-06-24 (Jun 24)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG13-WorkingWithMasterDocument.pdf|Chapter 13 - Working with Master Documents]] — 2025-07-07 (Jul 7)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG14-WorkingWithFields.pdf|Chapter 14 - Working with Fields]] — 2025-07-14 (Jul 14)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG15-UsingFormsInWriter.pdf|Chapter 15 - Using Forms in Writer]] — 2025-07-14 (Jul 14)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG16-CustomizingWriter.pdf|Chapter 16 - Customizing Writer]] — 2025-07-14 (Jul 14)
</div>

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Math Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41MG01.pdf|Math Guide]] — 2026-03-16 (March 16)


|width="45%" style="border-right: 1px dotted #999;border-left: 1px dotted #999; "|


<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Calc Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG.pdf|Full Book]] - 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG01-IntroducingCalc.pdf|Chapter 1   - Introducing Calc]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG02-EnterEditFormatData.pdf|Chapter 2   - Enter Edit Format Data]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG03-ChartsAndGraphs.pdf|Chapter 3   - Charts And Graphs]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG04-StylesAndTemplates.pdf|Chapter 4   - Styles And Templates]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG05-UsingGraphicsInCalc.pdf|Chapter 5   - Using Graphics In Calc]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG06-PrintingExportingEmailing.pdf|Chapter 6   - Printing Exporting Emailing]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG07-FormulasAndFunctions.pdf|Chapter 7   - Formulas And Functions]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG08-PivotTable.pdf|Chapter 8   - Pivot Table]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG09-DataAnalysis.pdf|Chapter 9   - Data Analysis]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG10-LinkingCalcData.pdf|Chapter 10 - Linking Calc Data]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG11-SharingAndReviewing.pdf|Chapter 11 - Sharing And Reviewing]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG12-CalcMacro.pdf|Chapter 12 - Calc Macro]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG13-CalcAsASimpleDatabase.pdf|Chapter 13 - Calc As A Simple Database]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG14-CustomizingCalc.pdf|Chapter 14 - Customizing Calc]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG15-KeyboardShortcuts.pdf|Chapter 15 - Keyboard Shortcuts]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG16-CalcFunctions.pdf|Chapter 16 - Calc Functions]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG17-CalcErrorCodes.pdf|Chapter 17 - Calc Error Codes]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
</div>

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Draw Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG.pdf|Full Book]] - 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG01-IntroducingDraw.pdf|Chapter 1   - Introducing Draw]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG02-DrawingBasicShapes.pdf|Chapter 2   - Drawing Basic Shapes]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG03-WorkingWithObjects.pdf|Chapter 3   - Working with Objects and Object Points]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG04-ChangingObjectAttributes.pdf|Chapter 4   - Changing Object Attributes]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG05-CombiningMultipleObjects.pdf|Chapter 5   - Combining Multiple Objects]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG06-EditingPictures.pdf|Chapter 6   - Editing Pictures (Raster Graphics)]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG07-3DObjects.pdf|Chapter 7   - Working with 3D Objects]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG08-TipsAndTricks.pdf|Chapter 8   - Tips and Tricks]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG09-FlowDiagramsOrgCharts.pdf|Chapter 9   - Organization Charts, Flow Diagrams, and More]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG10-AdvancedDrawTechniques.pdf|Chapter 10 - Advanced Draw Techniques]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
</div>

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Impress Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG.pdf|Full Book]] - 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG01-IntroducingImpress.pdf|Chapter 1   - Introducing Impress]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG02-SlideMastersStylesTemplates.pdf|Chapter 2   - Using Slide Masters, Styles, and Templates]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG03-AddFormatText.pdf|Chapter 3   - Adding And Formatting Text]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG04-AddFormatPictures.pdf|Chapter 4   - Adding And Formatting Pictures]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG05-ManageGraphicObjects.pdf|Chapter 5   - Managing Graphic Objects]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG06-FormatGraphicObjects.pdf|Chapter 6   - Formatting Graphic Objects]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG07-SpreadsheetsChartsObjects.pdf|Chapter 7   - Including Spreadsheets, Charts, and Other Objects]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG08-SlidesNotesHandouts.pdf|Chapter 8   - Adding and Formatting Slides, Notes, and Handouts]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG09-SlideShows.pdf|Chapter 9   - SlideShows]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG10-PrintEmailExportSave.pdf|Chapter 10 - Printing, e-mailing, exporting and saving slideshows]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG11-CustomizingImpress.pdf|Chapter 11 - Setting Up and Customizing Impress]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG12-KeyboardShortcuts.pdf|Chapter 12 - Keyboard Shortcuts]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
</div>
|} 
{{CCBY}}
[[Category:Documentation]]
[[Category:PDF]]

Documentation/AOO4 User Guides/AOO4.1 User Guide Chapters

2026-06-21T11:44:21Z

DiGro:

{{DISPLAYTITLE:{{AOo}} 4.1 User Guides (PDF)}}

The {{AOo}} 4.1 guides are presented in chapters for easy use.

{{Note|These Guides are in process and will be added here as they become available}}

Editable files (.odt) are available from [https://wiki.openoffice.org/wiki/Documentation/AOO4_User_Guides/AOO4.1_Chapters_ODT this page].
----

{|style="border: 0px solid #666;" cellpadding=3 cellspacing=8 align=center

|-valign=top
|width=45% |
<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Getting Started Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS.pdf|Full Book]] - 2023-06-05 — (Jun 05)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS1.pdf|Preface]] - 2023-05-04 — May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS2.pdf|Chapter 1 - Introducing Apache OpenOffice]] — 2023-05-04 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS3.pdf|Chapter 2 - Styles and Templates]] — 2023-05-04 - (Apr 27)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS4.pdf|Chapter 3 - Getting Started with Writer]] — 2023-05-04 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS5.pdf|Chapter 4 - Getting Started with Calc]] — 2023-05-04 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS6.pdf|Chapter 5 - Getting Started with Impress]]— 2023-05-04 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS7.pdf|Chapter 6 - Getting Started with Draw]] — 2023-05-04 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS8.pdf|Chapter 7 - Getting Started with Base]] — 2023-05-04 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS9.pdf|Chapter 8 - Getting Started with Math]] — 2023-05-05 - (May 04)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS10.pdf|Chapter 9 - Printing, Exporting, and E-mailing]] — 2023-04-27 - (Apr 27)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS11.pdf|Chapter 10 - Graphics, the Gallery, and Fontworks]] — 2022-12-30 - (Dec 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41GS12.pdf|Chapter 11 - Setting Up and Customizing Apache OpenOffice]] — 2022-12-30 - (Dec 30)
</div>

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Writer Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG.pdf|Full Book]] - 2025-06-17 (Jun 17)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG1-IntroducingWriter.pdf|Chapter 1 - Introducing Writer]] — 2023-07-31 (Jul 31)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG2-SettingUpWriter.pdf|Chapter 2 - Setting Up Writer]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG3-WorkingWithText.pdf|Chapter 3 - Working with Text]] — 2023-11-10 (Nov 10)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG4-FormattingPages.pdf|Chapter 4 - Formatting Pages]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG5-PrintingExportingEmailing.pdf|Chapter 5 - Printing, Exporting, Emailing]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG6-IntroductionToStyles.pdf|Chapter 6 - Introduction to Styles]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG7-WorkingWithStyles.pdf|Chapter 7 - Working with Styles]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG8-WorkingWithGraphics.pdf|Chapter 8 - Working with Graphics]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG9-WorkingWithTables.pdf|Chapter 9 - Working with Tables]] — 2025-06-21 (Jun 21)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG10-WorkingWithTemplatesInWriter.pdf|Chapter 10 - Working with Templates in Writer]] — 2025-06-24 (Jun 24)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG11-UsingMailMerge.pdf|Chapter 11 - Using Mail Merge]] — 2025-06-24 (Jun 24)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG12-TOCsIndexesBiblios.pdf|Chapter 12 - Tables of Contents, Indexes, and Bibliographies]] — 2025-06-24 (Jun 24)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG13-WorkingWithMasterDocument.pdf|Chapter 13 - Working with Master Documents]] — 2025-07-07 (Jul 7)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG14-WorkingWithFields.pdf|Chapter 14 - Working with Fields]] — 2025-07-14 (Jul 14)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG15-UsingFormsInWriter.pdf|Chapter 15 - Using Forms in Writer]] — 2025-07-14 (Jul 14)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41WG16-CustomizingWriter.pdf|Chapter 16 - Customizing Writer]] — 2025-07-14 (Jul 14)
</div>

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Math Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41MG01.pdf|Math Guide]] — 2026-03-16 (March 16)


|width="45%" style="border-right: 1px dotted #999;border-left: 1px dotted #999; "|


<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Calc Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG.pdf|Full Book]] - 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG01-IntroducingCalc.pdf|Chapter 1 - Introducing Calc]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG02-EnterEditFormatData.pdf|Chapter 2 - Enter Edit Format Data]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG03-ChartsAndGraphs.pdf|Chapter 3 - Charts And Graphs]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG04-StylesAndTemplates.pdf|Chapter 4 - Styles And Templates]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG05-UsingGraphicsInCalc.pdf|Chapter 5 - Using Graphics In Calc]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG06-PrintingExportingEmailing.pdf|Chapter 6 - Printing Exporting Emailing]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG07-FormulasAndFunctions.pdf|Chapter 7 - Formulas And Functions]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG08-PivotTable.pdf|Chapter 8 - Pivot Table]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG09-DataAnalysis.pdf|Chapter 9 - Data Analysis]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG10-LinkingCalcData.pdf|Chapter 10 - Linking Calc Data]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG11-SharingAndReviewing.pdf|Chapter 11 - Sharing And Reviewing]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG12-CalcMacro.pdf|Chapter 12 - Calc Macro]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG13-CalcAsASimpleDatabase.pdf|Chapter 13 - Calc As A Simple Database]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG14-CustomizingCalc.pdf|Chapter 14 - Customizing Calc]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG15-KeyboardShortcuts.pdf|Chapter 15 - Keyboard Shortcuts]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG16-CalcFunctions.pdf|Chapter 16 -Calc Functions]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41CG17-CalcErrorCodes.pdf|Chapter 17 - Calc Error Codes]] — 2025-09-02 (September, 2)
</div>

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Draw Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG.pdf|Full Book]] - 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG01-IntroducingDraw.pdf|Chapter 1 - Introducing Draw]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG02-DrawingBasicShapes.pdf|Chapter 2 - Drawing Basic Shapes]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG03-WorkingWithObjects.pdf|Chapter 3 - Working with Objects and Object Points]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG04-ChangingObjectAttributes.pdf|Chapter 4 - Changing Object Attributes]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG05-CombiningMultipleObjects.pdf|Chapter 5 - Combining Multiple Objects]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG06-EditingPictures.pdf|Chapter 6 - Editing Pictures (Raster Graphics)]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG07-3DObjects.pdf|Chapter 7 - Working with 3D Objects]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG08-TipsAndTricks.pdf|Chapter 8 - Tips and Tricks]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG09-FlowDiagramsOrgCharts.pdf|Chapter 9 - Organization Charts, Flow Diagrams, and More]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41DG10-AdvancedDrawTechniques.pdf|Chapter 10 - Advanced Draw Techniques]] — 2025-12-20 (December 20)
</div>

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">Impress Guide - V4.1</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">

* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG.pdf|Full Book]] - 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG01-IntroducingImpress.pdf|Chapter 1   - Introducing Impress]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG02-SlideMastersStylesTemplates.pdf|Chapter 2   - Using Slide Masters, Styles, and Templates]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG03-AddFormatText.pdf|Chapter 3   - Adding And Formatting Text]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG04-AddFormatPictures.pdf|Chapter 4   - Adding And Formatting Pictures]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG05-ManageGraphicObjects.pdf|Chapter 5   - Managing Graphic Objects]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG06-FormatGraphicObjects.pdf|Chapter 6   - Formatting Graphic Objects]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG07-SpreadsheetsChartsObjects.pdf|Chapter 7   - Including Spreadsheets, Charts, and Other Objects]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG08-SlidesNotesHandouts.pdf|Chapter 8   - Adding and Formatting Slides, Notes, and Handouts]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG09-SlideShows.pdf|Chapter 9   - SlideShows]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG10-PrintEmailExportSave.pdf|Chapter 10 - Printing, e-mailing, exporting and saving slideshows]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG11-CustomizingImpress.pdf|Chapter 11 - Setting Up and Customizing Impress]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
* {{PDF}}[[Media:AOO41IG12-KeyboardShortcuts.pdf|Chapter 12 - Keyboard Shortcuts]] — 2025-10-30 (October, 30)
</div>
|} 
{{CCBY}}
[[Category:Documentation]]
[[Category:PDF]]

NL/Documentation

2026-06-10T09:01:53Z

DiGro:

{{DISPLAYTITLE:De Apache OpenOffice Documentatie-project wiki - NL}}
{{DocBanner}}
__NOTOC__

{|
|-
| Dit project maakt en onderhoudt documentatie in de Nederlandse taal voor {{AOo}}. Documentatie kan bestaan uit gebruikersgidsen, [[NL/Documentation/FAQ|FAQ's]], [[NL/Documentation/How_Tos|How To's]], voorbeelden, gebruikerssjablonen, help voor de toepassing en trainingsmaterialen. Het project [https://www.openoffice.org/documentation/ heeft ook een thuispagina op het web].

Dit is een wiki, dus het staat u vrij om documentatie voor {{AOo}} bij te dragen!

Kijk [[:Category:Documentation/NeedsRework|hier om een lijst met pagina's te zien die uw hulp kunnen gebruiken]]!

Als u niet kunt vinden wat u zoekt, kijk dan eens op het [https://forum.openoffice.org/en/forum/ Apache OpenOffice gebruikersforum].

| <div id="contrib" style="border: 1px solid rgb(140, 45, 6); margin: 0px 5px 5px; padding: 1px; float: right; width: 350px; background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);"><div style="padding: 2px; background-color: rgb(140, 45, 6); color: rgb(255, 255, 255); font-weight: bold; text-align: center;">WILT U HELPEN?</div>
{|
|-
|
*[https://wiki.openoffice.org/wiki/Documentation/Contribute Hoe deelnemen]
*[[Documentation/OpenOffice.org needs YOU|AOO heeft U nodig!]]
*[[Documentation/Dashboard/Wiki Editing Policy|Wiki bewerken]]
*[[Documentation/Dashboard|Project dashboard]]
|
*[[Documentation/Wishlist|Wensenlijst documentatie]]
*[[:Category:Documentation/NeedsRework|Pagina's die hulp nodig hebben!]]
*[[:Category:Documentation/BeingEdited|Pagina's in bewerking]]
*[[:Category:Documentation/Candidate|Kandidaatpagina's]]
|}
</div>
|}

{| cellspacing="8" cellpadding="3" align="center" style="border: 0px solid rgb(102, 102, 102);"
|- valign="top"
| width="45%" colspan="2" | <div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">Zoeken/Downloaden</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*Zoek en download documenten via de [https://www.openoffice.org/documentation/ Documentatie website]
</div>
|- valign="top"
| width="45%" |
<div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">Installatiegids voor OpenOffice.org 3.x (Engels)</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*{{PDF}}[[Media:Installation_Guide_OOo3.pdf|PDF]] - 06-06-2010 (6 juni) - 470 kb
*{{OOoLogo}}[[Media:Installation_Guide_OOo3.odt|ODT]] - 06-06-2010 (6 juni) - 300 kb
</div><div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">
[[NL/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides|Gebruikersgidsen voor Apache OpenOffice 4.x]]</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[https://openoffice-uni.org/ Apache OpenOffice 4.1 Writer for Students in Arabisch, Chinees, Duits, Engels, Frans en Nederlands]
*[[Documentation/AOO4 User Guides/AOO4.1_User_Guide_Chapters|PDF's van Apache OpenOffice 4.1 User Guides]]
*[[Documentation/AOO4_User_Guides/AOO4.1_Chapters_ODT|ODT's van Apache OpenOffice 4.1 User Guides]]

*[[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides#Apache OpenOffice 4.1|Apache OpenOffice 4.1 in wiki-indeling]] (Engels)

</div><div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">
[[NL/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides|Gebruikersgidsen voor OpenOffice.org 3.x]]</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">
* [[NL/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Getting Started | Beginnen met OpenOffice.org 3.x]]

</div><div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">[[Documentation/OOoAuthors_User_Manual|Gebruikersgidsen voor OpenOffice.org 2.x]]</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">
* [[Documentation/OOoAuthors User Manual/Getting Started | Getting Started with OpenOffice.org]]
* [[Documentation/OOoAuthors User Manual/Writer Guide | Text Documents with OpenOffice.org Writer]]
* [[Documentation/OOoAuthors User Manual/Calc Guide | Spreadsheets with OpenOffice.org Calc]]
* [[Documentation/OOoAuthors User Manual/Impress Guide | Presentations with OpenOffice.org Impress]]
* [[Documentation/OOoAuthors User Manual/Draw Guide | Drawings with OpenOffice.org Draw]]
* [[Documentation/OOoAuthors User Manual/Base Guide | Databases with OpenOffice.org Base]]
* [[Documentation/OOoAuthors User Manual/Migration Guide | Migrating to OpenOffice.org]]
</div><div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">[[NL/Documentation/FAQ|Vaak gestelde vragen (FAQ's)]]</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">
{{Documentation/Message|
We zijn momenteel de FAQ's aan het reconstrueren om alle vragen naar afzonderlijke bestanden
te verplaatsen om de toegang daartoe eenvoudiger te maken}}
* [[NL/Documentation/FAQ/Algemeen|Algemene vragen]]
* [[NL/Documentation/FAQ/Installatie|OpenOffice.org installeren]]
* [[Documentation/FAQ/Writer|Werken met tekstdocumenten (Writer)]]
* [[Documentation/FAQ/Calc|Werken met werkbladen (Calc)]]
* [[Documentation/FAQ/Draw|Werken met tekeningen (Draw)]]
* [[Documentation/FAQ/Impress|Werken met presentaties (Impress)]]
* [[Documentation/FAQ/Formula|Werken met formules (Math)]]
* [[Documentation/FAQ/Databases|Werken met databases (Base)]]
* [[NL/Documentation/FAQ/Macros|Macro's]]
</div>
| width="45%" style="border-left: 1px dotted rgb(153, 153, 153); border-right: 1px dotted rgb(153, 153, 153);" | <div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">Gidsen voor ontwikkelaars/SysAdmin</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[[Documentation/Administration Guide|Administratieve gids]]
*[[NL/Documentation/BASIC Guide|BASIC Programmeursgids]]
*[[Documentation/Building_Guide_AOO|Building Guide AOO]]
*[[Documentation/DevGuide/OpenOffice.org Developers Guide|Gids voor ontwikkelaars]]
</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[[Documentation/Wiki Books|Download deze gidsen als PDF / ODT (Engelstalig)]]
</div> <div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">[[Documentation/Reference|Verwijzingslijsten]]</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[[Documentation/Reference/Math commands|Syntaxis voor formules in Math]]
*[[NL/Documentation/How_Tos/Calc:_Functies_gesorteerd_per_categorie|Werkbladfuncties in Calc]]
*[[NL/Documentation/How_Tos/Reguliere_expressies_in_Writer|Syntaxis voor reguliere uitdrukkingen in Writer]]
*[[Documentation/Reference/Bibtex-Bibliography Mappings|Bibtex-Bibliography_Mappings]]
</div> <div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">[[Documentation/How Tos|How To's]]</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">
* [[NL/Documentation/How Tos|Installatie]]
* [[NL/Documentation/How Tos|Tekstdocumenten]]
* [[NL/Documentation/How Tos|Databases]]
* [[NL/Documentation/How Tos|Presentaties]]
* [[NL/Documentation/How Tos|Werkbladen]]
</div> <div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">[[Documentation/Tutorials|Handleidingen/Screencasts (Engelstalig)]]</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">
* [[Documentation/Tutorials|Dennis Daniels' handleidingen]]
* [[Documentation/Tutorials|Carlo Daffara's handleidingen]]
* [[Documentation/Tutorials|Dai's handleidingen]]
* [[Documentation/Tutorials|Horst Jens' handleidingen]]
*[https://documentation.openoffice.org/conceptualguide/index.html OpenOffice.org Conceptual Guides]
*[[Documentation/Using XForms|Using XForms and the OpenDocument format in OpenOffice.org and StarOffice]]
*[http://plan-b-for-openoffice.org Plan-B For OpenOffice.org Tutorials]
*[http://easy10seconds.com/How-To-Video/OpenOffice.org Easy10Seconds Tutorials]
</div> <div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">Vergoedingen voor documentatie</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[[Documentation/Bounties|Documentation Bounties for Developer documentation]]
</div>
|}

{{Documentation/Hook}} {{PDL1}}

[[Category:Documentation]] [[Category:Project]]
{{Documentation/Languages}}

NL/Documentation

2026-06-10T09:00:54Z

DiGro: Undo revision 267450 by DiGro (talk)

{{DISPLAYTITLE:De Apache OpenOffice Documentatie-project wiki - NL}}
{{DocBanner}}
__NOTOC__

{|
|-
| Dit project maakt en onderhoudt documentatie in de Nederlandse taal voor {{AOo}}. Documentatie kan bestaan uit gebruikersgidsen, [[NL/Documentation/FAQ|FAQ's]], [[NL/Documentation/How_Tos|How To's]], voorbeelden, gebruikerssjablonen, help voor de toepassing en trainingsmaterialen. Het project [https://www.openoffice.org/documentation/ heeft ook een thuispagina op het web].

Dit is een wiki, dus het staat u vrij om documentatie voor {{AOo}} bij te dragen!

Kijk [[:Category:Documentation/NeedsRework|hier om een lijst met pagina's te zien die uw hulp kunnen gebruiken]]!

Als u niet kunt vinden wat u zoekt, kijk dan eens op het [https://forum.openoffice.org/en/forum/ Apache OpenOffice gebruikersforum].

| <div id="contrib" style="border: 1px solid rgb(140, 45, 6); margin: 0px 5px 5px; padding: 1px; float: right; width: 350px; background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);"><div style="padding: 2px; background-color: rgb(140, 45, 6); color: rgb(255, 255, 255); font-weight: bold; text-align: center;">WILT U HELPEN?</div>
{|
|-
|
*[https://wiki.openoffice.org/wiki/Documentation/Contribute Hoe deelnemen]
*[[Documentation/OpenOffice.org needs YOU|AOO heeft U nodig!]]
*[[Documentation/Dashboard/Wiki Editing Policy|Wiki bewerken]]
*[[Documentation/Dashboard|Project dashboard]]
|
*[[Documentation/Wishlist|Wensenlijst documentatie]]
*[[:Category:Documentation/NeedsRework|Pagina's die hulp nodig hebben!]]
*[[:Category:Documentation/BeingEdited|Pagina's in bewerking]]
*[[:Category:Documentation/Candidate|Kandidaatpagina's]]
|}
</div>
|}

{| cellspacing="8" cellpadding="3" align="center" style="border: 0px solid rgb(102, 102, 102);"
|- valign="top"
| width="45%" colspan="2" | <div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">Wat is er nieuw (Engelstalig)</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
* Januari 2021 [https://wiki.openoffice.org/wiki/Debian_Installation Quick Installation Guide 4.1.8 - gebaseerd op Debian]
* November 2013 - {{AOo}} [[Documentation/UserGuide/Migration_Guide|Migration Guide]] is bijgewerkt en ontwikkeling is gestart voor een [[Documentation/Migration_Guide_ALV2|nieuwe versie]]
* Januari 2013 - Apache OpenOffice [[Documentation/UserGuide|Gebruikersgidsen]] zijn in ontwikkeling.
|- valign="top"
| width="45%" colspan="2" | <div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">Zoeken/Downloaden</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*Zoek en download documenten via de [https://www.openoffice.org/documentation/ Documentatie website]
</div>
|- valign="top"
| width="45%" |
<div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">Installatiegids voor OpenOffice.org 3.x (Engels)</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*{{PDF}}[[Media:Installation_Guide_OOo3.pdf|PDF]] - 06-06-2010 (6 juni) - 470 kb
*{{OOoLogo}}[[Media:Installation_Guide_OOo3.odt|ODT]] - 06-06-2010 (6 juni) - 300 kb
</div><div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">
[[NL/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides|Gebruikersgidsen voor Apache OpenOffice 4.x]]</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[https://openoffice-uni.org/ Apache OpenOffice 4.1 Writer for Students in Arabisch, Chinees, Duits, Engels, Frans en Nederlands]
*[[Documentation/AOO4 User Guides/AOO4.1_User_Guide_Chapters|PDF's van Apache OpenOffice 4.1 User Guides]]
*[[Documentation/AOO4_User_Guides/AOO4.1_Chapters_ODT|ODT's van Apache OpenOffice 4.1 User Guides]]

*[[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides#Apache OpenOffice 4.1|Apache OpenOffice 4.1 in wiki-indeling]] (Engels)

</div><div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">
[[NL/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides|Gebruikersgidsen voor OpenOffice.org 3.x]]</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">
* [[NL/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Getting Started | Beginnen met OpenOffice.org 3.x]]

</div><div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">[[Documentation/OOoAuthors_User_Manual|Gebruikersgidsen voor OpenOffice.org 2.x]]</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">
* [[Documentation/OOoAuthors User Manual/Getting Started | Getting Started with OpenOffice.org]]
* [[Documentation/OOoAuthors User Manual/Writer Guide | Text Documents with OpenOffice.org Writer]]
* [[Documentation/OOoAuthors User Manual/Calc Guide | Spreadsheets with OpenOffice.org Calc]]
* [[Documentation/OOoAuthors User Manual/Impress Guide | Presentations with OpenOffice.org Impress]]
* [[Documentation/OOoAuthors User Manual/Draw Guide | Drawings with OpenOffice.org Draw]]
* [[Documentation/OOoAuthors User Manual/Base Guide | Databases with OpenOffice.org Base]]
* [[Documentation/OOoAuthors User Manual/Migration Guide | Migrating to OpenOffice.org]]
</div><div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">[[NL/Documentation/FAQ|Vaak gestelde vragen (FAQ's)]]</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">
{{Documentation/Message|
We zijn momenteel de FAQ's aan het reconstrueren om alle vragen naar afzonderlijke bestanden
te verplaatsen om de toegang daartoe eenvoudiger te maken}}
* [[NL/Documentation/FAQ/Algemeen|Algemene vragen]]
* [[NL/Documentation/FAQ/Installatie|OpenOffice.org installeren]]
* [[Documentation/FAQ/Writer|Werken met tekstdocumenten (Writer)]]
* [[Documentation/FAQ/Calc|Werken met werkbladen (Calc)]]
* [[Documentation/FAQ/Draw|Werken met tekeningen (Draw)]]
* [[Documentation/FAQ/Impress|Werken met presentaties (Impress)]]
* [[Documentation/FAQ/Formula|Werken met formules (Math)]]
* [[Documentation/FAQ/Databases|Werken met databases (Base)]]
* [[NL/Documentation/FAQ/Macros|Macro's]]
</div>
| width="45%" style="border-left: 1px dotted rgb(153, 153, 153); border-right: 1px dotted rgb(153, 153, 153);" | <div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">Gidsen voor ontwikkelaars/SysAdmin</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[[Documentation/Administration Guide|Administratieve gids]]
*[[NL/Documentation/BASIC Guide|BASIC Programmeursgids]]
*[[Documentation/Building_Guide_AOO|Building Guide AOO]]
*[[Documentation/DevGuide/OpenOffice.org Developers Guide|Gids voor ontwikkelaars]]
</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[[Documentation/Wiki Books|Download deze gidsen als PDF / ODT (Engelstalig)]]
</div> <div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">[[Documentation/Reference|Verwijzingslijsten]]</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[[Documentation/Reference/Math commands|Syntaxis voor formules in Math]]
*[[NL/Documentation/How_Tos/Calc:_Functies_gesorteerd_per_categorie|Werkbladfuncties in Calc]]
*[[NL/Documentation/How_Tos/Reguliere_expressies_in_Writer|Syntaxis voor reguliere uitdrukkingen in Writer]]
*[[Documentation/Reference/Bibtex-Bibliography Mappings|Bibtex-Bibliography_Mappings]]
</div> <div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">[[Documentation/How Tos|How To's]]</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">
* [[NL/Documentation/How Tos|Installatie]]
* [[NL/Documentation/How Tos|Tekstdocumenten]]
* [[NL/Documentation/How Tos|Databases]]
* [[NL/Documentation/How Tos|Presentaties]]
* [[NL/Documentation/How Tos|Werkbladen]]
</div> <div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">[[Documentation/Tutorials|Handleidingen/Screencasts (Engelstalig)]]</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">
* [[Documentation/Tutorials|Dennis Daniels' handleidingen]]
* [[Documentation/Tutorials|Carlo Daffara's handleidingen]]
* [[Documentation/Tutorials|Dai's handleidingen]]
* [[Documentation/Tutorials|Horst Jens' handleidingen]]
*[https://documentation.openoffice.org/conceptualguide/index.html OpenOffice.org Conceptual Guides]
*[[Documentation/Using XForms|Using XForms and the OpenDocument format in OpenOffice.org and StarOffice]]
*[http://plan-b-for-openoffice.org Plan-B For OpenOffice.org Tutorials]
*[http://easy10seconds.com/How-To-Video/OpenOffice.org Easy10Seconds Tutorials]
</div> <div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">Vergoedingen voor documentatie</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[[Documentation/Bounties|Documentation Bounties for Developer documentation]]
</div>
|}

{{Documentation/Hook}} {{PDL1}}

[[Category:Documentation]] [[Category:Project]]
{{Documentation/Languages}}

NL/Documentation

2026-06-10T08:59:32Z

DiGro:

{{DISPLAYTITLE:De Apache OpenOffice Documentatie-project wiki - NL}}
{{DocBanner}}
__NOTOC__

{|
|-
| Dit project maakt en onderhoudt documentatie in de Nederlandse taal voor {{AOo}}. Documentatie kan bestaan uit gebruikersgidsen, [[NL/Documentation/FAQ|FAQ's]], [[NL/Documentation/How_Tos|How To's]], voorbeelden, gebruikerssjablonen, help voor de toepassing en trainingsmaterialen. Het project [https://www.openoffice.org/documentation/ heeft ook een thuispagina op het web].

Dit is een wiki, dus het staat u vrij om documentatie voor {{AOo}} bij te dragen!

Kijk [[:Category:Documentation/NeedsRework|hier om een lijst met pagina's te zien die uw hulp kunnen gebruiken]]!

Als u niet kunt vinden wat u zoekt, kijk dan eens op het [https://forum.openoffice.org/en/forum/ Apache OpenOffice gebruikersforum].

| <div id="contrib" style="border: 1px solid rgb(140, 45, 6); margin: 0px 5px 5px; padding: 1px; float: right; width: 350px; background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255);"><div style="padding: 2px; background-color: rgb(140, 45, 6); color: rgb(255, 255, 255); font-weight: bold; text-align: center;">WILT U HELPEN?</div>
{|
|-
|
*[https://wiki.openoffice.org/wiki/Documentation/Contribute Hoe deelnemen]
*[[Documentation/OpenOffice.org needs YOU|AOO heeft U nodig!]]
*[[Documentation/Dashboard/Wiki Editing Policy|Wiki bewerken]]
*[[Documentation/Dashboard|Project dashboard]]
|
*[[Documentation/Wishlist|Wensenlijst documentatie]]
*[[:Category:Documentation/NeedsRework|Pagina's die hulp nodig hebben!]]
*[[:Category:Documentation/BeingEdited|Pagina's in bewerking]]
*[[:Category:Documentation/Candidate|Kandidaatpagina's]]
|}
</div>
|}

|- valign="top"
| width="45%" colspan="2" | <div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">Zoeken/Downloaden</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*Zoek en download documenten via de [https://www.openoffice.org/documentation/ Documentatie website]
</div>
|- valign="top"
| width="45%" |
<div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">Installatiegids voor OpenOffice.org 3.x (Engels)</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*{{PDF}}[[Media:Installation_Guide_OOo3.pdf|PDF]] - 06-06-2010 (6 juni) - 470 kb
*{{OOoLogo}}[[Media:Installation_Guide_OOo3.odt|ODT]] - 06-06-2010 (6 juni) - 300 kb
</div><div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">
[[NL/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides|Gebruikersgidsen voor Apache OpenOffice 4.x]]</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[https://openoffice-uni.org/ Apache OpenOffice 4.1 Writer for Students in Arabisch, Chinees, Duits, Engels, Frans en Nederlands]
*[[Documentation/AOO4 User Guides/AOO4.1_User_Guide_Chapters|PDF's van Apache OpenOffice 4.1 User Guides]]
*[[Documentation/AOO4_User_Guides/AOO4.1_Chapters_ODT|ODT's van Apache OpenOffice 4.1 User Guides]]

*[[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides#Apache OpenOffice 4.1|Apache OpenOffice 4.1 in wiki-indeling]] (Engels)

</div><div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">
[[NL/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides|Gebruikersgidsen voor OpenOffice.org 3.x]]</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">
* [[NL/Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Getting Started | Beginnen met OpenOffice.org 3.x]]

</div><div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">[[Documentation/OOoAuthors_User_Manual|Gebruikersgidsen voor OpenOffice.org 2.x]]</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">
* [[Documentation/OOoAuthors User Manual/Getting Started | Getting Started with OpenOffice.org]]
* [[Documentation/OOoAuthors User Manual/Writer Guide | Text Documents with OpenOffice.org Writer]]
* [[Documentation/OOoAuthors User Manual/Calc Guide | Spreadsheets with OpenOffice.org Calc]]
* [[Documentation/OOoAuthors User Manual/Impress Guide | Presentations with OpenOffice.org Impress]]
* [[Documentation/OOoAuthors User Manual/Draw Guide | Drawings with OpenOffice.org Draw]]
* [[Documentation/OOoAuthors User Manual/Base Guide | Databases with OpenOffice.org Base]]
* [[Documentation/OOoAuthors User Manual/Migration Guide | Migrating to OpenOffice.org]]
</div><div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">[[NL/Documentation/FAQ|Vaak gestelde vragen (FAQ's)]]</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">
{{Documentation/Message|
We zijn momenteel de FAQ's aan het reconstrueren om alle vragen naar afzonderlijke bestanden
te verplaatsen om de toegang daartoe eenvoudiger te maken}}
* [[NL/Documentation/FAQ/Algemeen|Algemene vragen]]
* [[NL/Documentation/FAQ/Installatie|OpenOffice.org installeren]]
* [[Documentation/FAQ/Writer|Werken met tekstdocumenten (Writer)]]
* [[Documentation/FAQ/Calc|Werken met werkbladen (Calc)]]
* [[Documentation/FAQ/Draw|Werken met tekeningen (Draw)]]
* [[Documentation/FAQ/Impress|Werken met presentaties (Impress)]]
* [[Documentation/FAQ/Formula|Werken met formules (Math)]]
* [[Documentation/FAQ/Databases|Werken met databases (Base)]]
* [[NL/Documentation/FAQ/Macros|Macro's]]
</div>
| width="45%" style="border-left: 1px dotted rgb(153, 153, 153); border-right: 1px dotted rgb(153, 153, 153);" | <div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">Gidsen voor ontwikkelaars/SysAdmin</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[[Documentation/Administration Guide|Administratieve gids]]
*[[NL/Documentation/BASIC Guide|BASIC Programmeursgids]]
*[[Documentation/Building_Guide_AOO|Building Guide AOO]]
*[[Documentation/DevGuide/OpenOffice.org Developers Guide|Gids voor ontwikkelaars]]
</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[[Documentation/Wiki Books|Download deze gidsen als PDF / ODT (Engelstalig)]]
</div> <div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">[[Documentation/Reference|Verwijzingslijsten]]</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[[Documentation/Reference/Math commands|Syntaxis voor formules in Math]]
*[[NL/Documentation/How_Tos/Calc:_Functies_gesorteerd_per_categorie|Werkbladfuncties in Calc]]
*[[NL/Documentation/How_Tos/Reguliere_expressies_in_Writer|Syntaxis voor reguliere uitdrukkingen in Writer]]
*[[Documentation/Reference/Bibtex-Bibliography Mappings|Bibtex-Bibliography_Mappings]]
</div> <div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">[[Documentation/How Tos|How To's]]</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">
* [[NL/Documentation/How Tos|Installatie]]
* [[NL/Documentation/How Tos|Tekstdocumenten]]
* [[NL/Documentation/How Tos|Databases]]
* [[NL/Documentation/How Tos|Presentaties]]
* [[NL/Documentation/How Tos|Werkbladen]]
</div> <div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">[[Documentation/Tutorials|Handleidingen/Screencasts (Engelstalig)]]</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">
* [[Documentation/Tutorials|Dennis Daniels' handleidingen]]
* [[Documentation/Tutorials|Carlo Daffara's handleidingen]]
* [[Documentation/Tutorials|Dai's handleidingen]]
* [[Documentation/Tutorials|Horst Jens' handleidingen]]
*[https://documentation.openoffice.org/conceptualguide/index.html OpenOffice.org Conceptual Guides]
*[[Documentation/Using XForms|Using XForms and the OpenDocument format in OpenOffice.org and StarOffice]]
*[http://plan-b-for-openoffice.org Plan-B For OpenOffice.org Tutorials]
*[http://easy10seconds.com/How-To-Video/OpenOffice.org Easy10Seconds Tutorials]
</div> <div style="padding: 5px; font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: rgb(205, 219, 246);">Vergoedingen voor documentatie</div> <div style="border: 1px solid rgb(205, 219, 246); margin-bottom: 15px;">
*[[Documentation/Bounties|Documentation Bounties for Developer documentation]]
</div>
|}

{{Documentation/Hook}} {{PDL1}}

[[Category:Documentation]] [[Category:Project]]
{{Documentation/Languages}}

Playing with Window Toolkit AWT

2026-06-09T08:35:23Z

DiGro:

{{NeedsRework|EN}}
{{Note|This chapter is old : written long before discovering the new Dialog for components in [[Documentation/DevGuide/WritingUNO/Accessing_Dialogs|Developer's Guide]]. At the moment I have only managed such [[Component_and_Dialog|Dialogs in components]] but I hope to work and see if it is not possible to use them in binaries executable.}}
==Danny Brewer's Explanations==
There are two different things here. Actually three.
# Dialogs
# AWT
# Forms

Forms are much higher level than the other two.

Of the first two, Dialogs are something using the UnoDialogControl and its model. You can also create AWT windows with controls.

AWT windows are modeless, and are not tied to any other window.

AWT windows are not the same thing as dialogs.

Generally, dialogs are operated modally by calling execute() on the dialog.

I have also had some success with operating dialogs modelessly. Just unhide the dialog, and it can be used modelessly. One drawback is that the modeless dialog seems to be tied to some concept of a "parent" window. I'm not sure, but I think that tends to be whatever window was in front when you created the dialog. So for example, you could create a modeless dialog that allows you to work with your document, but that modeless dialog's behavior appears to be tied to that document. Bring the modeless dialog to the front, and its document also comes to the front.

==The MessageBox Windows==
The starting code is roughly the same as previously (examples/DevelopersGuide/ProfUNO/CppBinding/). We examine also the “<OpenOffice.org1.1_SDK>/examples/DevelopersGuide/Components/Addons/ProtocolHandlerAddon_cpp” example where we find a MessageBox window. The corresponding code is given here (see also <idl>com.sun.star.awt.XWindowPeer</idl>, <idl>com.sun.star.awt.XMessageBox</idl>, <idl>com.sun.star.frame.XFrame</idl>, <idl>com.sun.star.awt.XToolkit</idl> interfaces and <idl>com.sun.star.awt.WindowDescriptor</idl> structure and <idl>com.sun.star.awt.WindowAttribute</idl> constants ) :
<syntaxhighlight lang="cpp">
//Listing 1 MessageBox Windows (deprecated)
// C++
// Don't forget to add : #include <com/sun/star/awt/WindowDescriptor.hpp>
// Don't forget to add "com.sun.star.awt.WindowDescriptor \" in the makefile
// Don't forget to add : #include <com/sun/star/awt/WindowAttribute.hpp>
// Don't forget to add "com.sun.star.awt.WindowAttribute \" in the makefile
// Don't forget to add : #include <com/sun/star/awt/XWindowPeer.hpp>
// Don't forget to add "com.sun.star.awt.XWindowPeer \" in the makefile
// Don't forget to add : #include <com/sun/star/awt/XMessageBox.hpp>
// Don't forget to add "com.sun.star.awt.XMessageBox \" in the makefile

/**
* Show a message box with the UNO based toolkit
*/
static void ShowMessageBox( const Reference< XToolkit >& rToolkit,
const Reference< XFrame >& rFrame, const OUString& aTitle, const OUString& aMsgText )
{
if ( rFrame.is() && rToolkit.is() )
{
// describe window properties.
WindowDescriptor aDescriptor;
aDescriptor.Type = WindowClass_MODALTOP;
aDescriptor.WindowServiceName = OUString( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM( "infobox" ));
aDescriptor.ParentIndex = -1;
aDescriptor.Parent = Reference< XWindowPeer >
( rFrame->getContainerWindow(), UNO_QUERY );
aDescriptor.Bounds = Rectangle(300,200,300,200);
aDescriptor.WindowAttributes = WindowAttribute::BORDER |
WindowAttribute::MOVEABLE | WindowAttribute::CLOSEABLE;

Reference< XWindowPeer > xPeer = rToolkit->createWindow( aDescriptor );
if ( xPeer.is() )
{
Reference< XMessageBox > xMsgBox( xPeer, UNO_QUERY );
if ( xMsgBox.is() )
{
xMsgBox->setCaptionText( aTitle );
xMsgBox->setMessageText( aMsgText );
xMsgBox->execute();
}
}
}
}
</syntaxhighlight>

Similar script in [[Python|PyUNO]] from the Python Samples included in <openoffice.org version>/share/Scripts/python/MsgBox.py:
<syntaxhighlight lang="python">
from com.sun.star.awt import Rectangle
from com.sun.star.awt import WindowDescriptor

from com.sun.star.awt.WindowClass import MODALTOP
from com.sun.star.awt.VclWindowPeerAttribute import OK, OK_CANCEL, YES_NO, YES_NO_CANCEL, \
RETRY_CANCEL, DEF_OK, DEF_CANCEL, DEF_RETRY, DEF_YES, DEF_NO

def TestMessageBox():
doc = XSCRIPTCONTEXT.getDocument()
parentwin = doc.CurrentController.Frame.ContainerWindow

s = "This is a test"
t = "Test"
res = MessageBox(parentwin, s, t, "querybox", YES_NO_CANCEL + DEF_NO)

s = res
MessageBox(parentwin, s, t, "infobox")

# Show a message box with the UNO based toolkit
def MessageBox(ParentWin, MsgText, MsgTitle, MsgType="messbox", MsgButtons=OK):

MsgType = MsgType.lower()

#available msg types
MsgTypes = ("messbox", "infobox", "errorbox", "warningbox", "querybox")

if MsgType not in MsgTypes:
MsgType = "messbox"

#describe window properties.
aDescriptor = WindowDescriptor()
aDescriptor.Type = MODALTOP
aDescriptor.WindowServiceName = MsgType
aDescriptor.ParentIndex = -1
aDescriptor.Parent = ParentWin
#aDescriptor.Bounds = Rectangle()
aDescriptor.WindowAttributes = MsgButtons

tk = ParentWin.getToolkit()
msgbox = tk.createWindow(aDescriptor)

msgbox.setMessageText(MsgText)
if MsgTitle :
msgbox.setCaptionText(MsgTitle)

return msgbox.execute()

g_exportedScripts = TestMessageBox,
</syntaxhighlight>

To understand the WindowAttribute::BORDER and other constants, we first have a look at the IDL file “WindowAttribute.idl” describing the windows' attributes (<idl>com.sun.star.awt.WindowAttribute</idl>) :
<syntaxhighlight lang="idl">
//Listing 2 WindowAttribute IDL File
// IDL
module com { module sun { module star { module awt {
constants WindowAttribute
{
const long SHOW = 1;
const long FULLSIZE = 2;
const long OPTIMUMSIZE = 4;
const long MINSIZE = 8;
const long BORDER = 16;
const long SIZEABLE = 32;
const long MOVEABLE = 64;
const long CLOSEABLE = 128;
const long SYSTEMDEPENDENT = 256;
};
}; }; }; };
</syntaxhighlight>
We have a look at <idl>com.sun.star.awt.XMessageBox</idl> IDL file :
<syntaxhighlight lang="idl">
//Listing 3 XMessageBox Interface : IDL File
// IDL
module com { module sun { module star { module awt {
/** gives access to a message box.
@deprecated
*/
interface XMessageBox: com::sun::star::uno::XInterface
{
[oneway] void setCaptionText( [in] string aText );
string getCaptionText();
[oneway] void setMessageText( [in] string aText );
string getMessageText();
short execute();
};
}; }; }; };
</syntaxhighlight>
where we learn this interface is deprecated.
We give now a complete main in a listing to learn how to use the previous ShowMessageBox procedure :
<syntaxhighlight lang="cpp">
//Listing 4 Complete Program showing a Message Box Window
//C++
int main( ) {
//retrieve an instance of the remote service manager
Reference< XMultiServiceFactory > rOfficeServiceManager;
rOfficeServiceManager = ooConnect();
if( rOfficeServiceManager.is() ){
printf( "Connected sucessfully to the office\n" );
}

//get the desktop service using createInstance returns an XInterface type
Reference< XInterface > Desktop = rOfficeServiceManager->createInstance(
OUString::createFromAscii( "com.sun.star.frame.Desktop" ));

//query for the XComponentLoader interface
Reference< XComponentLoader > rComponentLoader (Desktop, UNO_QUERY);
if( rComponentLoader.is() ){
printf( "XComponentloader successfully instanciated\n" );
}
// Don't forget to add : #include <com/sun/star/awt/XToolkit.hpp>
// Don't forget to add "com.sun.star.awt.XToolkit \" in the makefile
// Query the XTollkit Interface
Reference< XToolkit >rToolkit = Reference< XToolkit >
( rOfficeServiceManager->createInstance(
OUString( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM(
"com.sun.star.awt.Toolkit" ))), UNO_QUERY );

if (rToolkit.is()) {
printf ("OK...\n");
} else printf("Toolkit Error\n");

Reference< XDesktop > rDesktop(Desktop,UNO_QUERY);
Reference< XFrame > rFrame=rDesktop->getCurrentFrame();
if (rFrame.is()) printf("rFrame ... OK\n"); else printf("rFrame Error\n");

ShowMessageBox( rToolkit, rFrame,OUString::createFromAscii("Hello") ,
OUString::createFromAscii("Your First Message\n OK ?") );

return 0;
}
</syntaxhighlight>
(See also <idl>com.sun.star.awt.XToolkit</idl> interface and <idl>com.sun.star.awt.Toolkit</idl> service).
We can draw three important things from this code :
*the way we can use such an IDL file (given above) [[SDKCppLanguage#To_go_further_:_the_Constant_Type_Problem|with constants in C++]] : it's not the first time we encounter this kind of IDL file,
*the way we can access an interface through a service with a createInstance and UNO_QUERY simultaneously (see how do we obtain rToolkit)
*we see also how we obtain a frame from a <idl>com.sun.star.frame.Desktop</idl> service.
We will present later a Desktop Helper using this message box code. (See [[Constructing_Helpers#Desktop_Helper_with_message_box|here]])

==A very simple Window==
We give now a listing to construct a very simple windows using UNO toolkit (See also <idl>com.sun.star.awt.XToolkit</idl> , <idl>com.sun.star.frame.XFrame</idl> and <idl>com.sun.star.frame.XDesktop</idl> interfaces) :
<syntaxhighlight lang="cpp">
//Listing 5 Constructing a simple Window
// C++
main( ) {
Reference< XMultiServiceFactory > rOfficeServiceManager;
rOfficeServiceManager = ooConnect();

if( rOfficeServiceManager.is() ){
printf( "Connected sucessfully to the office\n" );
}

//get the desktop service using createInstance returns an XInterface type
Reference< XInterface > Desktop = rOfficeServiceManager->createInstance(
OUString::createFromAscii( "com.sun.star.frame.Desktop" ));

//query for the XComponentLoader interface
Reference< XComponentLoader > rComponentLoader (Desktop, UNO_QUERY);
if( rComponentLoader.is() ){
printf( "XComponentloader successfully instanciated\n" );

}

// Don't forget to add : #include <com/sun/star/awt/XToolkit.hpp>
// Don't forget to add "com.sun.star.awt.XToolkit \" in the makefile
// Query the XTollkit Interface
Reference< XToolkit >rToolkit = Reference< XToolkit >( rOfficeServiceManager->createInstance(
OUString( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM(
"com.sun.star.awt.Toolkit" ))), UNO_QUERY );

if (rToolkit.is()) {
printf ("OK...\n");
} else printf("Toolkit Error\n");

Reference< XDesktop > rDesktop(Desktop,UNO_QUERY);

// *** essai fenetre
if ( rToolkit.is() )
{
// describe window properties.
WindowDescriptor aDescriptor;
aDescriptor.Type = WindowClass_TOP;
aDescriptor.WindowServiceName = OUString( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM(""));
aDescriptor.ParentIndex = -1;
aDescriptor.Parent = rToolkit->getDesktopWindow();
aDescriptor.Bounds = Rectangle(100,200,300,400);
aDescriptor.WindowAttributes = WindowAttribute::BORDER | WindowAttribute::MOVEABLE | WindowAttribute::SHOW | WindowAttribute::CLOSEABLE
| WindowAttribute::SIZEABLE;
Reference< XWindowPeer > xWindowPeer = rToolkit->createWindow( aDescriptor );
Reference< XWindow > xWindow(xWindowPeer,UNO_QUERY);
xWindowPeer->setBackground(0xFF00FF);

// At this point, if you stop the program, you will have a new OOo window on the screen,
//but you cannot do anything with it. You cannot even close it!
// create a new frame
Reference< XFrame > xFrame =Reference< XFrame >( rOfficeServiceManager->createInstance(
OUString( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM(
"com.sun.star.frame.Frame" ))), UNO_QUERY );
xFrame->initialize(xWindow);
Reference < XFramesSupplier > xFramesSupplier(Desktop,UNO_QUERY);
xFrame->setCreator(xFramesSupplier);
xFrame->setName(OUString::createFromAscii("Window 1"));
getchar();
}
return 0;
}
</syntaxhighlight>

==The file picker dialog==
We want provide a dialog box for searching a file and returning its name. We start from a Bernard Marcelly's book example. When working with file picker dialog, we are concerned with three IDL files. Here is the first one (<idl>com.sun.star.ui.dialogs.XFilePicker</idl>) :
<syntaxhighlight lang="idl">
//Listing 6 XFilePicker Interface : IDL File
// IDL
module com { module sun { module star { module ui { module dialogs {
interface XFilePicker: com::sun::star::ui::dialogs::XExecutableDialog
{
void setMultiSelectionMode( [in] boolean bMode );
void setDefaultName( [in] string aName );
void setDisplayDirectory( [in] string aDirectory )
raises( ::com::sun::star::lang::IllegalArgumentException );
string getDisplayDirectory();
sequence< string > getFiles();
};
}; }; }; }; };
</syntaxhighlight>
The beginning of this file indicates we are concerned with <idl>com.sun.star.ui.dialogs.XExecutableDialog</idl> too because of inheritance :
<syntaxhighlight lang="idl">
//Listing 7 XExecutableDialog Interface : IDL File
// IDL
module com { module sun { module star { module ui { module dialogs {
interface XExecutableDialog: com::sun::star::uno::XInterface
{
void setTitle( [in] string aTitle );
short execute();
};
}; }; }; }; };
</syntaxhighlight>
and what is more difficult to see is we are also concerned with <idl>com.sun.star.ui.dialogs.ExecutableDialogresults</idl> [[SDKCppLanguage#To_go_further_:_the_Constant_Type_Problem|IDL constants]]:
<syntaxhighlight lang="idl">
//Listing 8 ExecutableDialogresults values : IDL File
// IDL
module com { module sun { module star { module ui { module dialogs {
constants ExecutableDialogResults
{
const short CANCEL = 0;
const short OK = 1;
};
}; }; }; }; };
</syntaxhighlight>
The way to obtain the FilePicker dialog can be explained as follow. First you have to obtain a <idl>com.sun.star.ui.dialogs.XFilePicker</idl> interface. After we use a setDisplayDirectory for an example, then execute the dialog box and finally get the first of chosen files.
<syntaxhighlight lang="cpp">
//Listing 9 a File Picker Dialog
// LINUX C++ (Only the file path is LINUX-like)
// based on Bernard Marcelly's Example (Book p512)
// Don't forget #include <osl/file.hxx>
OUString sDocUrl;
osl::FileBase::getFileURLFromSystemPath(
OUString::createFromAscii("/home/smoutou/"),sDocUrl);

// Don't forget to add : using namespace com::sun::star::ui::dialogs;
// Don't forget to add : #include <com/sun/star/ui/dialogs/XFilePicker.hpp>
// Don't forget to add "com.sun.star.ui.dialogs.XFilePicker \" in the makefile
// Query the XFilePicker interface

Reference< XFilePicker > rFilePicker = Reference< XFilePicker >
( rOfficeServiceManager->createInstance(
OUString( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM(
"com.sun.star.ui.dialogs.FilePicker" ))), UNO_QUERY );

rFilePicker->setDisplayDirectory( sDocUrl);
short result=rFilePicker->execute();

// Don't forget to add : #include <com/sun/star/ui/dialogs/ExecutableDialogResults.hpp>
// Don't forget to add "com.sun.star.ui.dialogs.ExecutableDialogResults \" in the makefile
if (result == ExecutableDialogResults::OK)
ShowMessageBox( rToolkit, rFrame,OUString::createFromAscii("Result") ,
rFilePicker->getFiles()[0] );
</syntaxhighlight>
It is possible to modify the filter names with the <idl>com.sun.star.ui.dialogs.XFilterManager</idl> interface. Here is the corresponding IDL file :
<syntaxhighlight lang="idl">
//Listing 10 XFilterManager Interface : IDL File
// IDL
module com { module sun { module star { module ui { module dialogs {
interface XFilterManager: com::sun::star::uno::XInterface
{
void appendFilter( [in] string aTitle, [in] string aFilter )
raises( ::com::sun::star::lang::IllegalArgumentException );
void setCurrentFilter( [in] string aTitle )
raises( ::com::sun::star::lang::IllegalArgumentException );
string getCurrentFilter( );
};
}; }; }; }; };
</syntaxhighlight>
and now a C++ example which use this interface :
<syntaxhighlight lang="cpp">
//Listing 11 Using the File Picker
// LINUX C++
// Don't forget #include <osl/file.hxx>
OUString sDocUrl;
osl::FileBase::getFileURLFromSystemPath(
OUString::createFromAscii("/home/smoutou/"),sDocUrl);
// Don't forget to add : using namespace com::sun::star::ui::dialogs;
// Don't forget to add : #include <com/sun/star/ui/dialogs/XFilePicker.hpp>
// Don't forget to add "com.sun.star.ui.dialogs.XFilePicker \" in the makefile
// Reference< XFilePicker > rFilePicker(rDesktop,UNO_QUERY);
Reference< XFilePicker > rFilePicker = Reference< XFilePicker >
( rOfficeServiceManager->createInstance(
OUString( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM(
"com.sun.star.ui.dialogs.FilePicker" ))), UNO_QUERY );

rFilePicker->setDisplayDirectory( sDocUrl);

// Don't forget to add : #include <com/sun/star/ui/dialogs/XFilterManager.hpp>
// Don't forget to add "com.sun.star.ui.dialogs.XFilterManager \" in the makefile
Reference< XFilterManager > rFilterManager (rFilePicker, UNO_QUERY);
rFilterManager->appendFilter(OUString::createFromAscii("Texts"),
OUString::createFromAscii("*.txt"));
rFilterManager->appendFilter(OUString::createFromAscii("Docs OpenOffice"),
OUString::createFromAscii("*.sxw;*.sxc"));
rFilterManager->setCurrentFilter(OUString::createFromAscii("Docs OpenOffice"));
short result=rFilePicker->execute();

// Don't forget to add : #include <com/sun/star/ui/dialogs/ExecutableDialogResults.hpp>
// Don't forget to add "com.sun.star.ui.dialogs.ExecutableDialogResults \" in the makefile
if (result == ExecutableDialogResults::OK)
ShowMessageBox( rToolkit, rFrame,OUString::createFromAscii("Result") ,
rFilePicker->getFiles()[0] );
</syntaxhighlight>
See also <idl>com.sun.star.ui.dialogs.XFilePicker</idl> and <idl>com.sun.star.ui.dialogs.XFilterManager</idl> interfaces and <idl>com.sun.star.ui.dialogs.ExecutableDialogResults</idl> constants.

It's time to show how to construct a save as Dialog.

==Save as Dialog==
We again start from a Bernard Marcelly's example. Our problem is to translate these OOoBasic lines :
<syntaxhighlight lang="oobas">
'Listing 12 Save Dialog
REM ***** BASIC *****
FP=CreateUnoService("com.sun.star.ui.dialogs.FilePicker")
Dim FPtype(0) As Integer
FPtype(0)=com.sun.star.ui.dialogs.TemplateDescription.FILESAVE_SIMPLE
With FP
.initialize(FPtype())
....
End With
</syntaxhighlight>
particularly the « initialize » method.
At first, we look for the constant to transform the previous FilePicker dialog. The constants are defined in the <idl>com.sun.star.ui.dialogs.TemplateDescription</idl> file as descibed below ([[SDKCppLanguage#To_go_further_:_the_Constant_Type_Problem|see how to use UNO constants with C++]]) :
<syntaxhighlight lang="idl">
//Listing 13 TemplateDescription Constants : IDL File
// IDL
module com { module sun { module star { module ui { module dialogs {
constants TemplateDescription
{
const short FILEOPEN_SIMPLE = 0;
const short FILESAVE_SIMPLE = 1;
const short FILESAVE_AUTOEXTENSION_PASSWORD = 2;
const short FILESAVE_AUTOEXTENSION_PASSWORD_FILTEROPTIONS = 3;
const short FILESAVE_AUTOEXTENSION_SELECTION = 4;
const short FILESAVE_AUTOEXTENSION_TEMPLATE = 5;
const short FILEOPEN_LINK_PREVIEW_IMAGE_TEMPLATE = 6;
const short FILEOPEN_PLAY = 7;
const short FILEOPEN_READONLY_VERSION = 8;
const short FILEOPEN_LINK_PREVIEW = 9;
const short FILESAVE_AUTOEXTENSION = 10;
};
}; }; }; }; };
</syntaxhighlight>
Looking for initialize method, we have a look in <idl>com.sun.star.ui.dialogs.FilePicker</idl> service :
<syntaxhighlight lang="idl">
//Listing 14 FilePiker service : IDL File
// IDL
module com { module sun { module star { module ui { module dialogs {
interface XFilePicker;
interface XFilePickerNotifier;
interface XFilePickerControlAccess;
interface XFilterManager;
interface XFilePreview;
interface XFilterGroupManager;

service FilePicker
{
[optional, property] string HelpURL;
interface XFilePicker;
interface XFilePickerNotifier;
interface XFilterManager;
[optional] interface XFilePreview;
[optional] interface XFilePickerControlAccess;
[optional] interface XFilterGroupManager;
[optional] interface com::sun::star::lang::XInitialization;
[optional] interface com::sun::star::util::XCancellable;
interface com::sun::star::lang::XComponent;
interface com::sun::star::lang::XServiceInfo;
interface com::sun::star::lang::XTypeProvider;
};
}; }; }; }; };
</syntaxhighlight>
where you see an <idl>com.sun.star.lang.XInitialization</idl> interface. Therefore we give the XInitialization.idl file :
<syntaxhighlight lang="idl">
//Listing 15 XInitialisation Interface : IDL File
// IDL
module com { module sun { module star { module lang {
interface XInitialization: com::sun::star::uno::XInterface
{
void initialize( [in] sequence<any> aArguments )
raises( com::sun::star::uno::Exception );

};
}; }; }; };
</syntaxhighlight>
It's OK, we get it. We see we have to pass an any sequence to the initialize procedure. It's time to write the C++ corresponding code.
<syntaxhighlight lang="cpp">
//Listing 16 Invoking the Save Dialog
// LINUX C++
// inspired by Bernard Marcelly's Example p515
// Don't forget #include <osl/file.hxx>
OUString sDocUrl;
osl::FileBase::getFileURLFromSystemPath(
OUString::createFromAscii("/home/smoutou/"),sDocUrl);
// Don't forget to add : using namespace com::sun::star::ui::dialogs;
// Don't forget to add : #include <com/sun/star/ui/dialogs/XFilePicker.hpp>
// Don't forget to add "com.sun.star.ui.dialogs.XFilePicker \" in the makefile
// Reference< XFilePicker > rFilePicker(rDesktop,UNO_QUERY);
Reference< XFilePicker > rFilePicker = Reference< XFilePicker >
( rOfficeServiceManager->createInstance(
OUString( RTL_CONSTASCII_USTRINGPARAM(
"com.sun.star.ui.dialogs.FilePicker" ))), UNO_QUERY );

rFilePicker->setDisplayDirectory( sDocUrl);

// Don't forget to add : #include <com/sun/star/ui/dialogs/XFilterManager.hpp>
// Don't forget to add "com.sun.star.ui.dialogs.XFilterManager \" in the makefile
Reference< XFilterManager > rFilterManager (rFilePicker, UNO_QUERY);

// Don't forget to add : #include <com/sun/star/lang/XInitialization.hpp>
// Don't forget to add "com.sun.star.lang.XInitialization \" in the makefile
Reference< XInitialization > rInitialize (rFilePicker, UNO_QUERY);
Sequence < Any > info(1);

// Don't forget to add : #include <com/sun/star/ui/dialogs/TemplateDescription.hpp>
// Don't forget to add "com.sun.star.ui.dialogs.TemplateDescription \" in the makefile
info[0] <<= (short) TemplateDescription::FILESAVE_SIMPLE;
rInitialize-> initialize(info);

rFilterManager->appendFilter(OUString::createFromAscii("Texts"),
OUString::createFromAscii("*.txt"));
rFilterManager->appendFilter(OUString::createFromAscii("Docs OpenOffice"),
OUString::createFromAscii("*.sxw;*.sxc"));
rFilterManager->setCurrentFilter(OUString::createFromAscii("Docs OpenOffice"));
short result=rFilePicker->execute();

// Don't forget to add : #include <com/sun/star/ui/dialogs/ExecutableDialogResults.hpp>
// Don't forget to add "com.sun.star.ui.dialogs.ExecutableDialogResults \" in the makefile
if (result == ExecutableDialogResults::OK)
ShowMessageBox( rToolkit, rFrame,OUString::createFromAscii("Result") ,
rFilePicker->getFiles()[0] );
</syntaxhighlight>
This code uses <idl>com.sun.star.ui.dialogs.XFilePicker</idl>, <idl>com.sun.star.ui.dialogs.XFilterManager</idl>, <idl>com.sun.star.lang.XInitialization</idl> interfaces and <idl>com.sun.star.ui.dialogs.ExecutableDialogResults</idl> UNO constants.

We are interesting now with generalising our previous work with Dialog Box.

== Run Time Dialog Box ==
Read also [[Documentation/DevGuide/Basic/Creating_Dialogs_at_Runtime|Developer's Guide]] and [[Documentation/BASIC_Guide/Dialogs|OOoBasic and Dialogs]].

After the previous examples inspired by Bernard Marcelly's book, it's time to start with an example inspired from Andrew Pitonyak's book. OOoBasic is particulary difficult to translate in these situations. We then choose to start from a Java example in :
<OpenOffice.org1.1_SDK>/examples/DevelopersGuide/BasicAndDialogs/CreatingDialogs
with the file SampleDialog.java
For this example we use [[CppSDKAuthors|GAP's]] helper provided [[Constructing_Helpers#The_GAP.27s_Helper|here]].
{{Note|Dialogs tackled in this section are runtime dialogs. Since recent evolution of OpenOffice, it is possible to run OOoBasic Dialog (I mean conceived with Basic IDE) with all programming language. But the [[Documentation/DevGuide/WritingUNO/Using_Dialogs_in_Components|only SDK's examples available]] are for components and in Java, and at the moment, I have no time to explore if it is possible with C++ automation examples and in C++.}}

We give now the complete code. Because it's a lot of code you have to look at <idl>com.sun.star.awt.XActionListener</idl>, <idl>com.sun.star.awt.XControlContainer</idl>, <idl>com.sun.star.lang.XMultiServiceFactory</idl>, <idl>com.sun.star.uno.XInterface</idl>, <idl>com.sun.star.frame.XComponentLoader</idl>, <idl>com.sun.star.uno.XComponentContext</idl>, <idl>com.sun.star.lang.XMultiComponentFactory</idl>, <idl>com.sun.star.beans.XPropertySet</idl>, <idl>com.sun.star.container.XNameContainer</idl>, <idl>com.sun.star.awt.XButton</idl>, <idl>com.sun.star.awt.XToolkit</idl>, <idl>com.sun.star.awt.XWindow</idl>, <idl>com.sun.star.ui.dialogs.XDialog</idl> interfaces, and <idl>com.sun.star.awt.ActionEvent</idl> event, and also <idl>com.sun.star.frame.Desktop</idl>, <idl>com.sun.star.awt.UnoControlDialogModel</idl>, <idl>com.sun.star.awt.UnoControlButtonModel</idl> services) :
<syntaxhighlight lang="cpp">
//Listing 17 Our first Run Time Dialog Box
// C++ (GAP example)
#include "SimpleOOConnection.cpp"
...
// First an event listener for the Button
// Don't forget the #include <cppuhelper/implbase1.hxx>
typedef ::cppu::WeakImplHelper1< ::com::sun::star::awt::XActionListener > ActionListenerHelper;
/** action listener
*/
class ActionListenerImpl : public ActionListenerHelper
{
private :
int _nCounts;
Reference< XControlContainer > _xControlCont;
//XControlContainer _xControlCont;

public :
ActionListenerImpl(const Reference< XControlContainer >& xControlCont) {
_xControlCont = xControlCont;
_nCounts = 0;
}

// XEventListener
virtual void SAL_CALL disposing (const com::sun::star::lang::EventObject& aEventObj )
throw(::com::sun::star::uno::RuntimeException) {
// _xControlCont = NULL;
cout << "object listened to will be disposed"<<endl;
}

// XActionListener
virtual void SAL_CALL actionPerformed (const ::com::sun::star::awt::ActionEvent& rEvent )
throw ( RuntimeException) {
// increase click counter
_nCounts++;
cout << "OK : " << _nCounts << endl;
}
};

int main()
{
SimpleOOConnection sOOConnection1;

//instantiating connection to Remote Service Manager
Reference< XMultiServiceFactory > xRemoteServiceManager=sOOConnection1.connect_ooffice
("uno:socket,host=localhost,port=8100;urp;StarOffice.ServiceManager");
//checks whether getting Remote Service Manager or Not
if(!xRemoteServiceManager.is())
{
cout<<"Error in connection"<<endl;
return 1;
}

// setting Desktop reference to desktop
Reference< XInterface > desktop =xRemoteServiceManager->createInstance
(OUString::createFromAscii("com.sun.star.frame.Desktop" ));

// Query for the XUnoUrlResolver interface for loading Desktop
Reference< XComponentLoader > xComponentLoader( desktop, UNO_QUERY );

//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
Any any;
sal_Int32 value;

Reference< XComponentContext > xComponentContext =
defaultBootstrap_InitialComponentContext();

// retrieve the servicemanager from the context
Reference< XMultiComponentFactory > xMultiComponentFactory =
xComponentContext->getServiceManager();
/************************************************************************************
Reference<XInterface> dialogModel = xMultiComponentFactory->createInstanceWithContext(
OUString::createFromAscii("com.sun.star.awt.UnoControlDialogModel"),
xComponentContext );
************************************************************************************/
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

Reference<XInterface> dialogModel = xRemoteServiceManager->createInstance
(OUString::createFromAscii("com.sun.star.awt.UnoControlDialogModel"));
cout<<"hi"<<endl;

///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

Reference< XPropertySet >xPSetDialog(dialogModel,UNO_QUERY );

value=150;
any<<=value;
xPSetDialog->setPropertyValue( OUString::createFromAscii("PositionX"), any );
xPSetDialog->setPropertyValue( OUString::createFromAscii("PositionY"), any );
xPSetDialog->setPropertyValue( OUString::createFromAscii("Width"), any );
xPSetDialog->setPropertyValue( OUString::createFromAscii("Height"), any );
any<<=OUString::createFromAscii( "Runtime Dialog Demo" );
xPSetDialog->setPropertyValue( OUString::createFromAscii("Title"), any );

Reference<XMultiServiceFactory> xMultiServiceFactory(dialogModel,UNO_QUERY );

Reference< XInterface > buttonModel = xMultiServiceFactory->createInstance
(OUString::createFromAscii("com.sun.star.awt.UnoControlButtonModel") );

Reference< XPropertySet >xPSetButton(buttonModel,UNO_QUERY );

value=20;
any<<=value;
xPSetButton->setPropertyValue( OUString::createFromAscii("PositionX"), any );

value=70;
any<<=value;
xPSetButton->setPropertyValue( OUString::createFromAscii("PositionY"), any );
value=50;
any<<=value;
xPSetButton->setPropertyValue( OUString::createFromAscii("Width"), any );
value=14;
any<<=value;
xPSetButton->setPropertyValue( OUString::createFromAscii("Height"), any );
any<<=OUString::createFromAscii("Button1");
xPSetButton->setPropertyValue( OUString::createFromAscii("Name"), any );
value=1;
any<<=value;

//xPSetButton->setPropertyValue( OUString::createFromAscii("TabIndex"), any );
any<<=OUString::createFromAscii( "Click Me" );

xPSetButton->setPropertyValue( OUString::createFromAscii("Label"), any );

// insert the control models into the dialog model
Reference< XNameContainer >xNameCont(dialogModel,UNO_QUERY );
any<<=buttonModel;

xNameCont->insertByName( OUString::createFromAscii("Button1"), any );

// create the dialog control and set the model
Reference<XInterface> dialog = xRemoteServiceManager->createInstance(
OUString::createFromAscii("com.sun.star.awt.UnoControlDialog"));

Reference<XControl> xControl(dialog,UNO_QUERY );
Reference<XControlModel >xControlModel(dialogModel,UNO_QUERY );
xControl->setModel( xControlModel );

// add an action listener to the button control
Reference< XControlContainer >xControlCont(dialog ,UNO_QUERY );
Reference< XInterface > objectButton = xControlCont->getControl(
OUString::createFromAscii("Button1") );
Reference< XButton >xButton(objectButton ,UNO_QUERY);

ActionListenerImpl *xListener = new ActionListenerImpl( xControlCont );
Reference< XActionListener > xActionListener =
static_cast< XActionListener* > ( xListener );

xButton->addActionListener( xActionListener );

// create a peer
Reference<XInterface> toolkit = xRemoteServiceManager->createInstance(
OUString::createFromAscii("com.sun.star.awt.ExtToolkit"));
Reference< XToolkit >xToolkit(toolkit , UNO_QUERY );

Reference< XWindow >xWindow(xControl , UNO_QUERY );
xWindow->setVisible( true );
xControl->createPeer( xToolkit,'\0' );//create instance of XWindowPeer

// execute the dialog
Reference< XDialog >xDialog(dialog , UNO_QUERY );
xDialog->execute();

// dispose the dialog
Reference< XComponent > xComponent(dialog,UNO_QUERY );
xComponent->dispose();

/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////

return 0;
}
</syntaxhighlight>
This code will print out :
<pre>
hi
OK : 1
OK : 2
OK : 3
OK : 4
OK : 5
OK : 6
OK : 7
OK : 8
object listened to will be disposed
</pre>
When clicking on the button it increment and prints out the new value.
From this code any tips to manage a dialog box can be hired :
# create a dialog model service, dialogModel variable in the above code
# query a XPropertySet interface to set any properties (x y positions, size, title, ..)
# create all controls with the same previous both rules : query a control model first, and then query a XPropertySet interface to set any properties
# query a XNameContainer from the dialog model
# insert every control model into the dialog model with this container
# create the dialog control and query first aXControl interface and second a XControlModedl interface to set the model
# add action listener if needed
# after creating a peer run the dialog

== Complete Translation of a Java example ==

{{:First Dialog}}

== Text Control example ==
We want now to construct a more complex [[dialog_box_with_an_edit_control|dialog box with a text control]].

== List Box example ==
We want now to construct a [[dialog_box_with_an_List_Box|dialog box with a list box]].

== Radio button example ==

We want now to construct a [[dialog_box_with_an_Radio_Button|dialog box with a radio button]].

== TO DO ==

[http://api.openoffice.org/docs/DevelopersGuide/Components/Components.xhtml Developer's Guide] states it is possible to construct a component with a dialog that have been created with the Dialog Editor integrated in the OpenOffice.org Basic IDE. I think the same is possible with a binary executable and I have to work around this subject.

{{Template:Home_Page}}

=See also=
* [[Documentation/DevGuide/Basic/Creating_Dialogs_at_Runtime|Creating Dialogs at Runtime]] in Developer's Guide
* [[Framework/Article/Easy_To_Use_Message_Boxes|Easy To Use Message Boxes]] in OOoBasic
* [[Documentation/BASIC_Guide/Dialogs|OOoBasic and Dialogs]]
* [[Uno/Cpp/Tutorials/Introduction_to_Cpp_Uno|C++ and UNO tutorial]]
*[[Tutorial_UNO_Library|UNO tutorial]]
*[[Tutorial_UNO_IDL|UNO IDL]]
* [[Uno/Article/Types%26Reflection]]
* [[Framework/Tutorial/Popup_Menu_Controller|Popup Menu Controller]] and C++
* [[Framework/Tutorial/Statusbar_Controller|Statusbar Controller]] and C++
* [[Treecontrol|The New Tree Contol]]
* [[Framework/Article/Generic_UNO_Interfaces_for_complex_toolbar_controls|Generic UNO Interfaces for complex toolbar controls]]
* Writing a Program to Control OpenOffice.org, by Franco Pingiori — [http://www.linuxjournal.com/article/8550 Part 1] and [http://www.linuxjournal.com/article/8608 Part 2], Linux Journal

[[Category:Cpp]]
[[Category:Uno]]
[[Category:Tutorial]]

NO/Documentation/BASIC Guide/Arrays

2026-06-09T08:30:35Z

DiGro:

{{NO/Documentation/BASICGuideTOC/v2
|ShowPrevNext=block
|ShowPrevPage=block
|PrevPage=NO/Documentation/BASIC Guide/Date
|NextPage=NO/Documentation/BASIC Guide/Scope of Variables
|lang=block
}}
{{DISPLAYTITLE:Tabeller}}
__NOTOC__
Tabeller lar en samle likense ting under samme navn, for eksempel hundre kundenummer,
der hvert er av typen Integer. De enkleste er en-dimensjonale med en kolonne og
et visst antall rader. Vil en ha to tabeller med 100 rader deklareres de
eksplisitt med
<syntaxhighlight lang="oobas">
Dim kundenummer(99) as Integer
Dim kundenavn(99)
kundenummer(14) = 354
kundenavn(14) = "Jon Jonsen"
</syntaxhighlight>
Av eksemplet ser en
*uten datatype (som for kundenavn) blir datatypen variant (vil variere etter hvordan den brukes).
*antallet plasser i tabellen indikeres innenfor parentesene: 0 er et "lower bound" og 99 er "upper bound", tilsammen 100 plasser.
*hver plass i tabellen indekseres med sin posisjon: indeks 14 er den 15. plassen
Vil en ha andre yttergrenser (lower og upper bound) angis det innenfor parentesene:
<syntaxhighlight lang="oobas">
Dim oppsummering(1940 To 1945) As String
Dim surhetsgrad(-10 To -5) As Double
</syntaxhighlight>
Begge tabellene vil ha seks plasser indeksert som
oppsummering(1940), oppsummering(1941) ... oppsummering(1945).
Den andre indekseres som
surhetsgrad(-10), surhetsgrad(-9) ... surhetsgrad(-5).

En spesiell form for tabell er UNO-sekvenser (lister, samlinger) som brukes innen
{{OOo}} API. Disse starter alltid med 0. Mer om disse (viktige) tabellene senere.

Hvis nederste grense (lower bound) ikke oppgis, blir den 0.
Noen mener at den skal starte med 1, og kan da gi direktivet
<syntaxhighlight lang="oobas">
Option Base 1
</syntaxhighlight>
Dette er en spesialitet arvet fra VBA og anbefales ikke,
da de fleste språk starter med 0 som nederste grense.
Og, det har forvirrende effekter, som at <tt>Dim a(3)</tt>
gir en tabell med feltene a(1), a(2), a(3) og a(4)!

===Flere dimensjoner===
Skal en ha flere dimensjoner angis det innenfor parentesene i en implisitt deklarasjon, som:
<syntaxhighlight lang="oobas">
Dim a(3, 5) As Integer
Dim c(7,14,99) As Boolean
</syntaxhighlight>
som for tabell "a" gir 4 rader (indeksert 0 til 3) og
6 kolonner (indeksert 0 til 5), tilsammen 24 data av typen Integer.
Tabell "c" har 8*15*100 boolske data = 1200 boolske data som
opptar 1200*2 = 2400 byte i minnet.

===Redimensjonering===
Vil en endre plassen brukes ReDim. En ny tabell med tilstrekkelig plass,
lages et annet sted i minnet,
og (hvis en angir Preserve) blir det gamle innholdet kopiert dit (kan ta noe tid).
<syntaxhighlight lang="oobas">
Dim a(7) as Integer
Dim skatt(200) as Double
...
ReDim a(10) As String ' utvidelse (ny type, intet preserveres)
ReDim Preserve skatt(140) ' forminsking (ikke alt kan preserveres)
</syntaxhighlight>
Flerdimensjonale tabeller kan redimensjoneres likens.
Vil en preservere, kan hverken antallet dimensjoner eller datatype forandres.

===Yttergrensene===
Funksjonene LBound(a) og UBound(a) viser yttergrensene i dimensjon a (eller dimensjon 0 hvis
intet er angitt). For en tredimesjonal tabell (dimensjon 0, 1 og 2) blir dette
<syntaxhighlight lang="oobas">
Dim MyArray(10, 13 to 28) As Integer
MsgBox(LBound(MyArray, 2)) ' viser 13
MsgBox(UBound(MyArray, 2)) ' viser 28
</syntaxhighlight>
===Tomme tabeller===
Vet man ikke plassbehovet lages en tom tabell som senere utvides
<syntaxhighlight lang="oobas">
Dim s() As String
... finner ut at en trenger 14 plasser
Redim s(13) As String
</syntaxhighlight>
En tom tabell vil ha -1 som "upper bound" mens "lower bound" er 0.

{{InterWiki Languages BasicGuide|articletitle=NO/Documentation/BASIC Guide/Arrays}}
{{PDL1}}

IT//Documentation/BASIC Guide/Working With Variables

2026-06-09T08:28:42Z

DiGro:

{{DISPLAYTITLE:Working with Variables}}
{{Documentation/BASICGuideTOC/v2
|ShowPrevNext=block
|ShowPrevPage=block
|PrevPage=Documentation/BASIC Guide/Program Overview
|NextPage=Documentation/BASIC Guide/Strings
|lang=block
}}

==隐式变量声明 ==

Basic语言设计得非常易于使用。因此, {{OOo}} Basic允许创建一个变量使用简单,而无需进行显式声明。也就是说,一个变量存在的时刻,您将其包含在您的代码。根据变量的存在,以下示例最多可以声明三个新变量:

一个 = b+c

隐式声明变量不是一种好的编程习惯,因为它会导致而无意中引入新的变量,例如,键入错误。而不会生成错误报告,解释程序初始化键入错误,新的变量的值为0。可能很难找到,这类错误代码。

==显式变量声明 ==

要避免导致的错误隐式声明变量, {{OOo}} Basic提供了一切换:

<syntaxhighlight lang="oobas">
Option Explicit
</syntaxhighlight>

此值必须是列在中的第一个程序行每个模块,并确保则发出错误报告,如果某个变量没有声明就使用。 " <tt>Option Explicit</tt> 切换应该包含所有基本模块。

最简单的形式,命令的显式声明一个变量,如下所示:

<syntaxhighlight lang="oobas">
Dim MyVar
</syntaxhighlight>

此示例声明一个变量,其名称 <tt>MyVar</tt> 和类型 <tt>variant</tt>。变体是一种通用变量,可以记录所有可能的值,包括字串、整数、浮点数和布尔值。下面的几个示例变体变量:

<syntaxhighlight lang="oobas">
MyVar = "Hello World" ' Assignment of a string
MyVar = 1 ' Assignment of a whole number
MyVar = 1.0 ' Assignment of a floating point number
MyVar = True ' Assignment of a Boolean value
</syntaxhighlight>

中声明的变量前一个示例甚至可以使用不同的变量类型在相同的程序。尽管这会提供很大的灵活性,但最好将一个变量限于一种变量类型。当 {{OOo}} Basic会遇到一个错误地定义的变量类型的一个特定上下文中,一个错误消息的生成方式。

使用以下样式时,请键入-绑定变量声明:

<syntaxhighlight lang="oobas">
Dim MyVar As Integer ' Declaration of a variable of the integer type
</syntaxhighlight>

该变量被声明为整数类型,可以记录整数值。您也可以使用以下样式来声明整数类型的变量:

<syntaxhighlight lang="oobas">
Dim MyVar% ' Declaration of a variable of the integer type
</syntaxhighlight>

Dim指令可以记录多个变量声明:

<syntaxhighlight lang="oobas">
Dim MyVar1, MyVar2
</syntaxhighlight>

如果要将变量指定成某种类型,就必须进行单独指定对每个变量:

<syntaxhighlight lang="oobas">
Dim MyVar1 As Integer, MyVar2 As Integer
</syntaxhighlight>

如果您不声明类型的变量, {{OOo}} Basic就将该变量指定为变体类型。例如,在下面的变量声明中, <tt>MyVar1</tt> 将成为一个变体, <tt>MyVar2</tt> 一个整数:

<syntaxhighlight lang="oobas">
Dim MyVar1, MyVar2 As Integer
</syntaxhighlight>

以下各节列出了变量类型,可在 {{OOo}} Basic程序库和描述如何使用和声明。

{{InterWiki Languages BasicGuide|articletitle=文档/Basic指南</工作的变量}}
{{PDL1}}

IT//Documentation/BASIC Guide/Working With Forms

2026-06-09T08:27:26Z

DiGro:

{{Documentation/BASICGuideTOC/v2
|ShowPrevNext=block
|ShowPrevPage=block
|PrevPage=Documentation/BASIC Guide/Forms
|NextPage=Documentation/BASIC Guide/Control Element Forms
|form=block
}}
{{DISPLAYTITLE:Working with Forms}}

{{OOo}} 可能包含文字字段、列表框、单选按钮和一系列其他控制元素,可以直接插入在文字或工作表文档。表单功能工具栏用于编辑表单。

一个 {{OOo}} 表单可以采用以下两种模式:“草稿模式和显示模式。在草稿模式下,控制元素可以更改其属性可以对其进行编辑使用属性窗口。

表单功能工具栏还可用于切换模式之间。

== 确定对象表单 ==

{{OOo}} 定位控制元素的表格绘图对象级。实际的对象进行访问的表单列表在画级别。访问这些对象所示文本文档:

<syntaxhighlight lang="oobas">
Dim Doc As Object
Dim DrawPage As Object
Dim Form As Object

Doc = StarDesktop.CurrentComponent
DrawPage = Doc.DrawPage
Form = DrawPage.Forms.GetByIndex(0)
</syntaxhighlight>

此 <tt>GetByIndex</tt> 方法将返回与表单的索引号为0。

使用工作表,中间阶段所需的工作表级别,因为绘图并不直接位于文档,但在各个工作表:

<syntaxhighlight lang="oobas">
Dim Doc As Object
Dim Sheet As Object
Dim DrawPage As Object
Dim Form As Object

Doc = StarDesktop.CurrentComponent
Sheet = Doc.Sheets.GetByIndex(0)
DrawPage = Sheet.DrawPage
Form = DrawPage.Forms.GetByIndex(0)
</syntaxhighlight>

为已建议的 <tt>GetByIndex</tt> 方法名称、文档可以含有多个表单。这非常有用,例如,如果不同数据库的内容就会显示在一个文档,或者1:n的数据库关系中显示一个表单。创建子表单,还提供了用于此目的。

== 这三个方面的控制元素表单 ==

一个控制元素表单都有三个方面:

* 该 '''模型''' 的控制元素是密钥对象的 {{OOo}} Basic程序员当使用控制元素表单。
* 与此相对应的 '''视图''' ,控制元素管理着显示信息。
* 由于控制元素表单在文档内的管理类似于一个特殊的绘图元素,还有一个 '''Shape对象''' ,用于反映该绘图元素属性控制元素(特别是它的位置和大小)。

== 访问的控制模型元素表单 ==

模型的控制元素表单可通过下列 <tt>GetByName</tt> 方法对象表单:

<syntaxhighlight lang="oobas">
Dim Doc As Object
Dim Form As Object
Dim Ctl As Object

Doc = StarDesktop.CurrentComponent
Form = Doc.DrawPage.Forms.GetByIndex(0)
Ctl = Form.getByName("MyListBox")
</syntaxhighlight>

此示例确定了模型 <tt>MyListBox</tt> 控制元素,它位于第一种形式的文本文档当前处于打开状态。

如果您不确定的表单的控制元素,您可以将选项用于搜索所有表单的控制元素:

<syntaxhighlight lang="oobas">
Dim Doc As Object
Dim Forms As Object
Dim Form As Object
Dim Ctl As Object
Dim I as Integer

Doc = StarDesktop.CurrentComponent
Forms = Doc.Drawpage.Forms

For I = 0 To Forms.Count - 1
Form = Forms.GetbyIndex(I)
If Form.HasByName("MyListBox") Then
Ctl = Form.GetbyName("MyListBox")
Exit Function
End If
Next I
</syntaxhighlight>

此示例使用 <tt>HasByName</tt> 方法检查所有形式的文本文档以确定它们是否包含一个控制元素模型调用 <tt>MyListBox</tt>。如果相应的模型,将执行引用这个保存在 <tt>Ctl</tt> 变量和终止搜索。

== 访问查看的控制元素表单 ==

要访问的视图控制元素表单,则需要关联模型。 "视图控制元素,可以将协助确定的模型使用文档控制器。

<syntaxhighlight lang="oobas">
Dim Doc As Object
Dim DocCrl As Object
Dim Forms As Object
Dim Form As Object
Dim Ctl As Object
Dim CtlView As Object
Dim I as Integer

Doc = StarDesktop.CurrentComponent
DocCrl = Doc.getCurrentController()
Forms = Doc.Drawpage.Forms

For I = 0 To Forms.Count - 1
Form = Forms.GetbyIndex(I)
If Form.HasByName("MyListBox") Then
Ctl = Form.GetbyName("MyListBox")
CtlView = DocCrl.GetControl(Ctl)
Exit Function
End If
Next I
</syntaxhighlight>

以下代码中列出的示例是很相似的代码的用于确定控制元素模型。它使用的 <tt>Doc</tt> 文档对象,而且还将 <tt>DocCrl</tt> 文档控制器对象来引用当前文档窗口。借助此控制器对象的模型控制元素,它将使用 <tt>GetControl</tt> 方法确定了视图(<tt>CtlView</tt> 变量)控制元素表单。

== 访问的Shape对象控制元素表单 ==

方法来访问Shape对象的控制元素也使用相应绘图级文档。要确定一个特殊的控制元素,则所有绘图元素绘图级必须搜索。

<syntaxhighlight lang="oobas">
Dim Doc As Object
Dim Shape as Object
Dim I as integer

Doc = StarDesktop.CurrentComponent

For i = 0 to Doc.DrawPage.Count - 1
Shape = Doc.DrawPage(i)
If HasUnoInterfaces(Shape, "com.sun.star.drawing.XControlShape") Then
If Shape.Control.Name = "MyListBox" Then
Exit Function
End If
End If
Next
</syntaxhighlight>

此示例检查所有绘图元素以确定它们是否支持/所需的接口控制元素表单。如果出现这种情况,则 <tt>Control.Name</tt> 属性会接着检查的名称是否在控制元素 <tt>MyListBox</tt>。如果是,函数将结束搜索。

=== 确定与大小和位置的控制元素 ===

如前所述,该大小和位置的控制元素可以确定使用相关 <tt>shape</tt> 对象。控制元素的Shape,与所有其他 <tt>shape</tt> 对象,还提供了 <tt>Size</tt> 和 <tt>Position</tt> 属性"使此目的:

;<tt>Size (struct)</tt>:控制元素的大小(/数据结构)
;<tt>Position (struct)</tt>:控制元素的位置(/数据结构)

以下示例显示了如何使用的位置和大小的控制元素可以设置使用关联的Shape对象:

<syntaxhighlight lang="oobas">
Dim Shape As Object
Dim Point As New com.sun.star.awt.Point
Dim Size As New com.sun.star.awt.Size

' ... Initialize Shape object, as previously shown ...

Point.x = 1000
Point.y = 1000
Size.Width = 10000
Size.Height = 10000

Shape.Size = Size
Shape.Position = Point
</syntaxhighlight>

在 <tt>shape</tt> 对象的"控制元素必须为已知的代码是在函数。如果不是这样,则它必须确定使用以上代码。

{{InterWiki Languages BasicGuide|articletitle=文档/Basic Guide/工作表单使用}}
{{PDL1}}

FR/Documentation/Dashboard/Wiki Editing Policy

2026-06-09T08:25:51Z

DiGro:

{{Warn|Le contenu de cette page est <b>obsolète</b> et mériterait une actualisation.}}
{{DocBanner}}

{{DISPLAYTITLE:Politique d'édition du wiki}}
[[en:Documentation/Dashboard/Wiki_Editing_Policy]]
Ce qui suit est la version française de [[Documentation/Dashboard/Wiki_Editing_Policy|cette page]].

Cet article est là pour vous aider à contribuer activement à la partie Documentation du wiki. Nous vous encourageons fortement à annoncer les nouvelles pages ou les changements majeurs sur la liste de documentation. Cliquez [mailto:sympa@fr.openoffice.org?Subject=subscribe%20doc ici pour vous inscrire] (aucun message nécessaire, c'est un robot), et ensuite [mailto:doc@fr.openoffice.org ici pour poster].

Vous pouvez également voir ici [http://fr.openoffice.org/contact-forums.html l'ensemble des listes].

=Prérequis pour l'Édition=

Vous devez être enregistré et connecté avant de pouvoir éditer le wiki. L'enregistrement est simple.
# Cliquez sur '''Connexion / Créer un compte''' dans le coin en haut à droite de cette page et complétez les champs requis. <br> Nous recommandons l'emploi du même nom d'utilisateur que pour le site {{OOo}}.
# Puis vous aurez à valider votre adresse email en cliquant sur le lien que vous aurez reçu.

Pour les connexions ultérieures vous partirez du même point, entrerez votre nom d'utilisateur et votre mot de passe, et cliquerez sur le bouton '''Log in'''

L'étape suivante est de vous présenter à la communauté. Il n'y a aucun dommage possible et c'est une bonne façon d'aborder confortablement le wiki.
#Quand vous êtes connecté, votre nom d'utilisateur apparaît en haut de la page, <span style="color:#9F0000"> en rouge,</span> jusqu'à ce que vous créiez votre page utilisateur. Pour ceci, cliquez sur votre nom d'utilisateur.
#Sur votre page, ajoutez les sections données ci-dessous, c'est votre profil sur le Wiki {{OOo}};
#* A propos de vous (About yourself)
#* {{OOo}} et vous (OpenOffice and you)
#* Vos contributions (Your contributions)
#* Travaux en cours (Work in progress)
#* Des projets futurs? (Any future plans?)
#* Références (optionnel) - Reference (optional)
#* Contact

Ceci est donc grossièrement un modèle de création de profil.
Vous n'êtes pas obligé de le suivre et pouvez tout à fait avoir des sections de votre choix. Cette liste est là pour constituer un modèle pour tous les nouveaux utilisateurs.

=Ajout de commentaires=
Les commentaires importants doivent être annoncés sur la liste de diffusion [mailto:doc@fr.openoffice.org doc@fr.openoffice.org] pour être certain qu'ils seront remarqués.

Pour ajouter un commentaire à une page:
# Cliquez sur l'onglet '''Discussion''' en haut de la page.
#* Si vous démarrez un nouveau sujet cliquez sur le signe '''+''' à droite de l'onglet '''edit''' en haut, remplissez la ligne de titre du sujet et inscrivez votre commentaire dans la boite principale. (in the main text box.)
#* Si vous voulez ajouter un commentaire à une discussion existante insérez le après le commentaire existant et indentez le en apposant un caractère deux points (<code>:</code>) au début de chaque paragraphe.
# Signez de votre nom d'utilisateur avec quatre caractères tildes (<code><nowiki>~~~~</nowiki></code>). Vous pouvez le faire automatiquement avec le bouton "'''Votre signature avec la date'''" ( http://wiki.services.openoffice.org/w/skins/common/images/button_sig.png ) dans la barre d'outils.
# Cliquez sur '''Publier'''. (Click '''Save Page'''.)

Pour en apprendre plus sur les commentaires reportez vous à la page [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Talk_pages Mediawiki help about talk pages]

=Structure de la section [[FR/Documentation]] du wiki=

La section documentation n'est qu'une part de ce vaste wiki. Le projet doc.oo.o tente de présenter l'information dans cette section d'une manière facilement accessible et d'avoir une structure permettant une navigation aisée à la fois pour l'utilisateur et le contributeur.

Toutes les pages de documentation sont des sous-pages de la page de documentation principale. Une sous-structure ou sous-page présente des sections contenant d'autres sous-pages... Ayez en une vue hiérarchique, tout comme un système de fichiers (votre disque dur). Chaque sous-page est automatiquement reliée à la page principale.

NDT: J'ai adapté un tableau ici puisque le modèle de référence est native lang - anglais. En effet, il est bon de respecter l'architecture existante, dans le cas d'une traduction par exemple, ceci afin de faciliter les liens interwikis. (Voir l'onglet Discussion de cette page.)

{| class="prettytable"
!L'arborescence actuelle du wiki ressemble à ceci:
!The current wiki page tree looks like this:
|-
|wiki.services.openoffice.org/wiki
|wiki.services.openoffice.org/wiki/Documentation
|-
|
+--- ...à compléter...
+---FR/Documentation/Administration_Guide
+---FR/FAQ
+---FR/Documentation/How_Tos
+---
+---
+---
+---
+---FR/Documentation/BASIC_Guide
+---(Extensions_development_basic_fr)
+---
|
+---Dashboard
+---Administration Guide
+---FAQ
+---How Tos
+---OOoAuthors User Manual
+---Tutorials
+---Samples, Templates and Clipart
+---Setup Guide
+---BASIC Guide
+---DevGuide
+---Reference
|}

{|border=1 style="border-collapse:collapse;" cellpadding=3 cellspacing=4
|+ '''Architecture du wiki anglophone:'''
|-
!Subpage!!Description
|-
|[[Documentation/Dashboard]]
|High-level tracking of documentation sub-projects and content deliverables
|-
|[[Documentation/Administration Guide]]
|Guide that describes how to administer an OpenOffice.org network installation
|-
|[[Documentation/FAQ]]
|Collection of FAQs.
|-
|[[Documentation/How Tos]]
|Link collection of How Tos
|-
|[[Documentation/OOoAuthors User Manual]]
|Collection of User Guides from OOoAuthors
|-
|[[Documentation/Tutorials]]
|Tutorial collections from different contributors
|-
|[[Documentation/Samples, Templates and Clipart]]
|Sub-project page in order to provide usable templates for business and personal use (draft)
|-
|[[Documentation/Setup Guide]]
|Sub-project page in order to provide a guide through the setup process of OpenOffice.org (draft)
|-
|[[Documentation/BASIC Guide]]
|Guide that provides an introduction to programming with OpenOffice.org BASIC
|-
|[[Documentation/DevGuide]]
|Guide that describes how to program with OpenOffice.org using the component technology UNO (Universal Network Objects) with OpenOffice.org.
|-
|[[Documentation/Reference]]
|Collection of reference material. References on this page should show up under '''Reference Lists''' at the Documentation main page.
|}

=Création de nouvelles pages=

{{Warn | Avant de créer une page assurez vous qu'il n'y ait pas déjà une page existante avec un sujet similaire.}}

* Si la nouvelle page peut être une sous-page d'une page existante allez simplement sur la page existante et créez un lien vers la nouvelle page. Après publication de la page existante modifiée vous pouvez cliquer sur le lien et commencer à écrire votre nouvelle page.

* Si vous voulez vraiment créer une nouvelle page pour le projet Documentation, vous pouvez utiliser l'URL du wiki pour en créer une. Vous devez observer l'arborescence du wiki quand vous créez une nouvelle page de cette façon. L'URL d'une page wiki est alors quelque chose comme:<br> <tt><nowiki> http://wiki.services.openoffice.org/wiki/fr/documentation/</nowiki>''PageName''</tt>

{{Note | L'approche par URL est seulement pratique si vous liez cette page plus tard à d'autres. Autrement cette page restera cachée dans le Wiki.}}

Pour plus d'information sur les nouvelles pages, reportez vous à [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Starting_a_new_page/fr Mediawiki help about new pages]

=Utilisation des catégories=

Les catégories assignées à une page sont généralement listées en bas de celle-ci. Cliquez sur une catégorie, et vous verrez une page relatant toutes les pages ayant été classées dans cette catégorie. De cette façon, une étiquette (tag) de catégorie dans une page vous donne l'opportunité de voir le contenu en rapport. Plus la page est grosse et plus nombreuses pourront être les étiquettes de catégories insérées.

Pour ajouter une étiquette de catégorie à une page
# Cliquez sur '''Pages spéciales''' dans la boîte à outils à gauche.
# Cliquez sur '''Catégories''' dans la liste de liens de la page spéciale.
# Choisissez un nom de catégorie sensé, et appliquez le en ajoutant <nowiki>[[Category:</nowiki>''Category Name''<nowiki>]]</nowiki> à la fin de la page.

{{Warn | Ne créez pas de catégories dupliquées pour le même sujet. Chaque catégorie doit être unique. Autrement il deviendra difficile d'utiliser les catégories pour chercher dans le wiki.}}

Reportez vous à [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Categories MediaWiki Help:Categories] si vous voulez en savoir plus sur les catégories Wiki.

Un exemple simple d'utilisation des catégories dans les livres Wiki:
# Créez une catégorie nommée d'après le chapitre en cours.
# Ajoutez la nouvelle étiquette de catégorie à toutes les pages de ce chapitre.
# Ajoutez l'étiquette de catégorie du livre à la page de cette nouvelle catégorie.

Le lecteur peut alors voir la catégorie du livre. La catégorie du livre montre tous les chapitres du livre. Si le lecteur clique sur une catégorie de chapitre, il peut voir toutes les pages de ce chapitre (en ordre alphabétique).

N'ajoutez pas une catégorie et sa sous-catégorie à une même page wiki. Pour plus d'informations voyez la section MediaWiki Help:Category sur [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Category#Category_considerations Category considerations].

Vous pouvez utiliser des modèles pour ajouter une catégorie commune à un grand groupe de pages, mais ce n'est pas recommandé. On peut penser gagner du temps, mais "ajouter ou supprimer une étiquette de catégorie dans le modèle ne met pas à jour la liste des catégories des pages qui utilisent ce modèle, jusqu'à ce qu'on édite la page qui utilise ce modèle." Pour plus d'information, voyez la section MediaWiki Help:Category sur [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Category#Using_templates_to_populate_categories Using templates to populate categories].

=Modèles=

Consultez la page [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Templates Templates help] si vous n'êtes pas familier avec les modèles de mediawiki.

==Ajouter un nouveau modèle de documentation==

*Si vous créez un nouveau modèle pour utilisation dans le wiki Documentation, nommez le comme une sous-page de '''FR/Documentation'''.
** Incorrect: <tt>MonModèle</tt>
** Correct: <tt>FR/Documentation/MonModèle</tt>

* Ajoutez une description sur le but et l'utilisation du modèle dans le modèle lui-même en utilisant l'élément <code><noinclude></code> comme décrit à [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Template#Noinclude.2C_includeonly.2C_and_onlyinclude MediaWiki help: Template].

* Ajoutez le modèle à la liste des modèles ci-dessous.

{{Spacer|30}}

==Liste des modèles de documentation existants en anglais==

This is a list of Documentation templates and their usage

{|border=1 style="border-collapse:collapse;" cellpadding=3 cellspacing=4
|-valign=top
!Template Name!!Usage!!Example
|-valign=top
|[[Template:DocBanner]]
|Puts the Documentation Project "Banner" at the top right of the page
<tt><nowiki>{{DocBanner}}</nowiki></tt>
|[[Image:Docbanner.png]]
|-valign=top
|[[Template:BeingEdited]]
|Marks a page as currently being edited to avoid conflicting changes.
Use this template when you perform larger edits on a file that may even take more than one session to finish.
Be sure to add name and date of "locking" by adding a <tt><code><nowiki>~~~~</nowiki></code></tt> as parameter:
<tt><nowiki>{{BeingEdited|EN|~~~~|1}}</nowiki></tt>
|{{BeingEdited|EN|--[[User:Sancho|А. Е. Харламенков]] ([[User talk:Sancho|talk]]) 06:45, 9 July 2018 (UTC)|1]] 17:54, 7 February 2008 (CET)}}
|-valign=top
|[[Template:Warn]]
|Takes sections containing warnings, i.e. information that is potentially harmful in some way, for example, data loss.
<tt><nowiki>{{Warn|Always switch off power before opening the case.}}</nowiki></tt>
|{{Warn|Always switch off power before opening the case.}}
|-valign=top
|[[Template:DraftPage]]
|Marks up pages that are in a draft state
<tt><nowiki>{{DraftPage|EN}}</nowiki></tt>
|{{DraftPage|EN}}
|-valign=top
|[[Template:FromForum]]
|<tt><nowiki>{{FromForum|FR}}</nowiki></tt>
|{{FromForum|FR}}

|-valign=top
|[[Template:Bar]]
|Used to draw horizontal bars for simplistic bar charts
<tt><nowiki>{{Bar|100|10|#3333FF}}</nowiki><br>
<nowiki>{{Bar|57|10|#33FF33}}</nowiki><br>
<nowiki>{{Bar|112|10|#FF3333}}</nowiki></tt>
|
{{Bar|100|10|#3333FF}}
{{Bar|57|10|#33FF33}}
{{Bar|112|10|#FF3333}}

|-valign=top
|[[Template:HelpNeeded]]
|<tt><nowiki>{{HelpNeeded|FR|Check the spelling}}</nowiki></tt>
|{{HelpNeeded|FR|Check the spelling|1}}
|-valign=top
|[[Template:Imported]]
|<tt><nowiki>{{Imported|EN|Author Name|Contributor Names}}</nowiki></tt>
|{{Imported|EN|Author Name|Contributor Names}}
|-valign=top
|[[Template:Lin]]
|<tt><nowiki>{{Lin|Linux related content}}</nowiki></tt>
|{{Lin|Linux related content}}
|-valign=top
|[[Template:Documentation/MasterTOC]]
|This is the master template that is used to create tables of content. For usage click the template name.
|
|-valign=top
|[[Template:NeedsRework]]
|<tt><nowiki>{{NeedsRework|EN}}</nowiki></tt>
|{{NeedsRework|EN|1}}
|-valign=top
|[[Template:Note]]
|<tt><nowiki>{{Note|Notable stuff}}</nowiki></tt>
|{{Note|Notable stuff}}
|-valign=top
|[[Template:OOoLogo]]
|Displays an OpenOfiice.org logo
<tt><nowiki>{{OOoLogo}}</nowiki></tt>
|{{OOoLogo}}
|-valign=top
|[[Template:Old]]
|<tt><nowiki>{{Old|EN}}</nowiki></tt>
|{{Old|EN}}
|-valign=top
|[[Template:PDF]]
|<tt><nowiki>{{PDF}}</nowiki></tt>
|{{PDF}}
|-valign=top
|[[Template:OOo]]
|A variable for displaying the string '''OpenOffice.org'''.
<tt><nowiki>{{OOo}}</nowiki></tt>
|{{OOo}}
|-valign=top
|[[Template:SeeAlso]]
|<tt><nowiki>{{SeeAlso|EN|
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Getting_Started|Getting Started with OpenOffice.org 3.x]]
}}</nowiki></tt>
|{{SeeAlso|EN|
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Getting_Started|Getting Started with OpenOffice.org 3.x]]
}}
|-valign=top
|[[Template:Tip]]
|Takes sections containing tips, i.e. useful non-crucial information.
<tt><nowiki>{{Tip|Right-click opens the context menu}}</nowiki></tt>
|{{Tip|Right-click opens the context menu}}
|-valign=top
|Template:Documentation/*TOC
|Several tables of content based on [[Template:Documentation/MasterTOC]] used in guides.
|See, for example, the [[Template:Documentation/BASICGuideTOC/v2|Basic Guide TOC]]
|-valign=top
|[[Template:Win]]
|<tt><nowiki>{{Win|Windows related content}}</nowiki></tt>
|{{Win|Windows related content}}
|}

==Liste des modèles de documentation existants en français==
Voir le [[FR/Wiki/Aide:Modeles |contenu de ce chapitre]].

=Contenu graphique=

Les grandes lignes directrices pour les images sont:
* Utilisez un titre unique et descriptif. le nom du fichier doit être construit d'une manière qui montre son utilisation, par exemple:
: Doc_mig_icon_data.png = Image de '''Doc'''umentation, utilisé dans le guide de '''mig'''ration, dépeignant l''''icon'''e de '''data'''base.
* Si possible, ne mettez pas à l'échelle les images que vous téléchargez. Vous pouvez utiliser la fonctionnalité MediaWiki image thumbnail pour mettre l'image à l'échelle.
* Éditez l'image si nécessaire pour vous assurer que la partie importante est claire et visible.
* Gardez à l'esprit que d'autres personnes peuvent vouloir traduire la page où vous placez une image. Essayez de ne pas inclure de superpositions ou autre texte supplémentaire à l'image.
* JPG est généralement meilleur pour les photos, SVG, pour les icônes, les logos etc., et PNG pour les captures d'écran. N'essayez pas d'utiliser BMP ou TIFF.

Avant que vous puissiez insérer votre image fin prête dans une page Wiki, vous devez la télécharger sur le serveur.
# Dans la barre latérale, section '''Boîte à outils''', cliquez sur '''Importer un fichier'''. La page de description d'image apparait.
# Utilisez la page de description d'image pour décrire l'image et ses statuts de copyright (s'il y en a).

Pour placer l'image sur la page vous pouvez utiliser la fonctionnalité MediaWiki Image thumbnail qui "contient" vos illustrations dans une boîte image. Cette boîte image contient également un point pour une légende. La syntaxe est <tt>[[Image:''image.png|thumb|position|size|Image caption'']]</tt>, où:
* thumb = Réduit l'image et la contient dans une boîte image.
* position = Position sur la page. "Rien" place l'image à gauche dans le cadre de la page sans habillage du texte. ""left" et "right" placent l'image à gauche ou à droite de la page avec un plein habillage du texte.
* size = Taille maximum en pixels pour l'image. Si l'image est plus grande que cette valeur alors elle est réduite. Si l'image est plus petite elle ne subit aucun changements.
Si vous ne déclarez pas position et size, l'image est réduite à un petit timbre poste, et par défaut du coté droite de la page avec un plein habillage du texte.

Voici un exemple utilisant <tt><nowiki>[[Image:LoadSaveOptions.png|thumb|none|500px|An example image caption]]</nowiki></tt>

[[Image:LoadSaveOptions.png|thumb|none|500px|Un exemple de légende pour cette image]]

* Comment gérer les images et la numérotation des tables? (How to handle image and table numbering?)

=Liaisons=

Bien que la fenêtre d'édition offre une assistance dans l'écriture de liens internes et externes vous pouvez regarder la page [http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Links MediaWiki help page about links] pour une meilleure compréhension du fonctionnement des liens wikis.

Il y a une autre page d'aide MediaWiki si vous avez besoin d'[http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Wikitext_examples#Links examples].

Lors de la création de liens veuillez considérer les directives de [[Documentation/Dashboard/Help_Style_Guide#Using_Links | using links]] dans notre guide de style.

=Travaux généraux d'édition=

L'édition n'est passible qu'une fois connecté. Vous pouvez commencer par éditer la page entière après avoir cliqué sur l'onglet '''Modifier''' en haut de page. Mais généralement c'est plus pratique d'éditer des section individuelles d'une page en cliquant sur le lien '''Modifier''' à droite. Si vous effectuez des changements, veuillez considérer les règles du [[Documentation/Dashboard/Help_Style_Guide | style guide]] pour assurer un style d'écriture consistant. Cliquez sur le bouton '''Prévisualiser''' pour vérifier les changements avant de finalement '''Publier''' / sauvegarder cette page.

==Réparer du contenu inapproprié, inexact ou qui n'est plus à jour==

Le contenu qui n'est plus à jour est habituellement marqué par une des étiquettes suivantes:

{{Old|EN|1}}
{{NeedsRework|EN|1}}
Vous pouvez trouver une collection de pages avec cette dernière étiquette en cliquant sur [[:Category:NeedsRework | Pages that Need Help! ]] dans la page principale du Wiki.

Quand vous avez sélectionné une page à éditer
#Testez si les procédures décrites sont toujours valides pour la version courante de {{OOo}}.
#Connectez vous et faites les corrections nécessaires.

Ce procédé est plus aisé si vous ouvrez deux onglets dans votre navigateur, un pour lire les procédures et un pour l'édition.

Quand vous avez fini, enlevez la ou les étiquettes ci dessus, marquez la page avec l'étiquette "Vérifiée pour l'exactitude technique" (comme décrit dans la section [[#Liste_des_mod.C3.A8les_de_documentation_existants_en_fran.C3.A7ais| Modèles]] ci-dessus), et cliquez sur '''Publier'''.

==Réparer des erreurs mineures et typographiques==

Si vous détectez des erreurs mineures comme des erreurs typographiques par exemple, connectez vous et éditez l'article. Avant de cliquer sur le bouton '''Publier''' vous devez cocher la case '''Modification mineure''' juste au dessus.

==Réparer les graphiques et copies d'écran==

Pour éditer un graphique sur le Wiki, Clic de droite sur le graphique et choisissez '''Enregistrer l'image sous...'''. Quand vous avez édité le graphique sur votre ordinateur, revenez à la page Wiki, cliquez sur le graphique, et dans la page de la description de l'image choisissez '''Importer un nouvelle version de ce fichier'''.

Si vous avez créé une nouvelle version d'une copie d'écran, cliquez directement sur la copie d'écran correspondante sur le wiki et ensuite choisissez '''Importer un nouvelle version de ce fichier''' dans la page de la description de l'image.

==Réparer le style et la langue==

Les articles ayant besoin d'améliorations dans le style et le langage devraient être reconnus par les étiquettes suivantes:

{{HelpNeeded|FR|Check the spelling|1}}
{{NeedsRework|EN|1}}
Vous pouvez trouver une collection d'articles avec cette dernière étiquette si vous cliquez sur le lien [[:Category:NeedsRework | Pages that Need Help! ]] depuis la page principale du Wiki.

Pour améliorer un tel article, connectez vous, cliquez sur l'onglet d'édition et faites les corrections nécessaires. Puis retirez les étiquettes et cliquez sur '''Publier'''.

==Liens vers des pages localisées==

==Validation du contenu==

==Réparer le Spam / Supprimer des pages==

Si vous détectez du spam envoyez un mail à [mailto:dev@website.openoffice.org dev@website.openoffice.org].

Il y a aussi une [[Special:Listusers/sysop|list with Wiki Sysops]] (personnes qui peuvent supprimer des pages). Si vous voulez détruire certaines pages, vous pouvez demander à quelqu'un de cette liste, ou mieux, ajouter la syntaxe Wiki <tt><nowiki>{{delete}}</nowiki></tt> n'importe ou sur la page que vous voulez supprimer. Ceci ajoutera la page à la catégorie "Candidates for speedy deletion" ("Candidats pour suppression rapide"), et la page sera effacée par quelqu'un ayant des privilèges Sysop, ou par un robot de maintenance WikiBot.

=Travailler sur les FAQs=
Toutes les questions et réponses sont affichées ensemble sur une simple page Wiki.

Si vous voulez insérer une nouvelle entrée dans la FAQ, c'est donc une paire question / réponse correspondante:

<ol>
<li> Sélectionnez une section de la FAQ sur la page principale du Wiki Documentation. Pour Writer et Calc vous avez à sélectionner une autre sous-page jusqu'à ce que vous atteigniez la section finale de la FAQ.</li>
<li> Faites défiler vers le bas jusqu'à la zone de liste Insérer nouvelle FAQ.</li>
<li> Remplacez le texte dans la liste après le dernier slash '/' avec votre question.</li>
<li> Cliquez sur '''Ajouter nouvelle FAQ'''<br>Une nouvelle page Wiki est créée et préchargée avec un modèle pour une paire Question / Réponse: </li>

<syntaxhighlight lang="text">
{{{DISPLAYTITLE: (INSERT FAQ TITLE)}}

<section begin=question/>
<INSEREZ LA QUESTION>
<section end=question/>

<section begin=answer/>
<INSEREZ LA REPONSE>
<section end=answer/>

[[Category:Documentation/FAQ/<INSERT FAQ SECTION>]]

</syntaxhighlight>

<li> Remplacez <tt>(INSERT FAQ TITLE)</tt> avec le titre de la FAQ à afficher sur la page. Ce peut être une version courte de la question ou la question elle-même.</li>
<li> Remplacez <tt><INSERT QUESTION></tt> par la question actuelle.</li>
<li> Remplacez <tt><INSERT ANSWER></tt> par la réponse actuelle.</li>
<li> Remplacez <tt><INSERT FAQ SECTION></tt> par le nom de la section en cours dans la FAQ. Cette assignation de catégorie détermine où les pages Wiki apparaîtront. Veuillez utiliser les noms de section suivants:</li>

{|class="prettytable sortable"
|-
!FAQ section !!section name in category
|-valign=top
|General||General
|-valign=top
|Installation||Installation
|-valign=top
|Word Processing||Writer
|-valign=top
|Automatic Functions||Writer/AutomaticFunctions
|-valign=top
|Document Management||Writer/DocumentManagement
|-valign=top
|Formatting Pages and Docs||Writer/FormattingPagesAndDocuments
|-valign=top
|Formatting Text||Writer/FormattingText
|-valign=top
|Graphics, Frames & Objects||Writer/GraphicsFramesObjects
|-valign=top
|Indexes, Tables of Contents||Writer/IndexToc
|-valign=top
|Printing and Mail Merge||Writer/Printing
|-valign=top
|Spreadsheets||Calc
|-valign=top
|Drawings||Draw
|-valign=top
|Presentations||Impress
|-valign=top
|Formula Editor||Formula
|-valign=top
|Database||Databases
|-valign=top
|Macros||Macros
|}
<li>Cliquez sur '''Publier'''.</li>
</ol>

=Travailler sur les How Tos=
Si vous voulez créer un nouvel How To
# Allez à la section [[FR/Documentation/How_Tos | How Tos]] et ouvrez la fenêtre d'édition (onglet Modifier).
# Identifiez la sous-section adéquate et entrez le titre de votre How To comme un lien.
# Cliquez sur '''Publier''' pour rendre le lien visible.
# Cliquez sur le lien de votre How To et commencez à écrire en respectant les règles du [[Documentation/Dashboard/Help_Style_Guide | style guide]]. Si vous n'êtes pas sur de la façon d'implémenter le guide de styles, reportez vous à cet How To Writer [[Documentation/How_Tos/Getting_a_Picture_into_the_Gallery | Getting a Picture Into the Gallery]].

{{Note|Apposez toujours le lien de licence à la fin de votre article: Insérez seulement <tt><nowiki>{{PDL1}}</nowiki></tt>. }}

Vous pouvez également créer des How Tos en écrivant une nouvelle page comme <tt>FR/Documentation/How Tos/''Nom de la Page''</tt> avec une ou plusieurs catégories spécifiques. La page How To nouvellement créée sera alors assignée à la section How To correspondante. Les catégories disponibles pour cela sont les suivantes:
* <tt><nowiki>[[Category:FR/Documentation/How Tos/Installation]]</nowiki></tt>
* <tt><nowiki>[[Category:FR/Documentation/How Tos/Writer]]</nowiki></tt>
* <tt><nowiki>[[Category:FR/Documentation/How Tos/Impress]]</nowiki></tt>
* <tt><nowiki>[[Category:FR/Documentation/How Tos/Calc]]</nowiki></tt>
* <tt><nowiki>[[Category:FR/Documentation/How Tos/Database]]</nowiki></tt>

Si vous voulez revoir des How Tos existants, cherchez l'étiquette "Cet article a besoin d'être vérifié sur la pertinence et le style."
* Testez si les procédures décrites sont toujours valides pour la version actuelle de {{OOo}},
* Vérifiez que les règles du guide de style sont appliquées,
* Vérifiez la grammaire et les fautes d'orthographe,
Et faites les corrections nécessaires dans la fenêtre d'édition.

Quand vous avez fini, marquez la page avec l'étiquette "Vérifié pour l'exactitude technique" comme décrit dans la section [[#Liste des modèles de documentation existants en français|Modèles]] ci-dessus, et cliquez sur '''Publier'''.

N'oubliez pas de prévenir [mailto:doc@fr.openoffice.org doc@fr.openoffice.org] de votre travail sur les How Tos.

=Travailler sur les guides=
{|class="prettytable sortable"
|-
!Actuellement, les guides suivants sont disponibles sur le Wiki:
!Currently, there are the following guides on the wiki:
|-
|Liste à compléter...
|
* [[Documentation/Administration_Guide|The Administration Guide]]
* [[Documentation/BASIC_Guide|The BASIC Programming Guide]]
* [[Documentation/DevGuide/OpenOffice.org_Developers_Guide|The Developer's Guide]]
* [[Documentation/OOoAuthors_User_Manual|The User Guides for OpenOffice.org 2.x]]
* [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides|The User Guides for OpenOffice.org 3.x]]
|}
Si vous voulez travailler sur les guides d'utilisateur pour {{OOo}} veuillez contacter le groupe des auteurs, [http://www.odfauthors.org OOoAuthors group].

De l'aide est disponible à propos de [[Documentation/DevGuide/Contributing_to_the_Developers_Guide|Contributing to the Developer's Guide]] qui peut également être pratique pour le guide d'administration et le guide du programmeur Basic.

=Localisation du contenu=
Ci-dessous quelques directives relatives aux traductions:
* Suivre la même structure que la page anglaise.
* '''Ne traduisez pas''' les noms de pages Wiki. Utilisez le modèle <tt><nowiki>{{DISPLAYTITLE:Titre de la page}}</nowiki></tt> pour localiser le nom de la page.
* Utilisez une nomenclature des sous-pages indiquant clairement le langage de la page. Par exemple, la version chinoise du guide du développeur utilise la structure de sous-page <tt>Zh/Documentation/DevGuide</tt>. La version suédoise devrait utiliser <tt>SV/Documentation/DevGuide/</tt>, et ainsi de suite.
{{Note|Si possible, essayez de toujours utiliser all-caps pour le code de caractères ISO.

(If possible, try to always use all-caps for the ISO language code.)}}
* Liez les différents langages entre eux par l'utilisation de la syntaxe des liens interwikis <tt><nowiki>[[ISO_Lang_code:Page_Title]]</nowiki></tt>. (Plus facile à réaliser avec les modèles Wiki, quand une nouvelle localisation est ajoutée)

{{PDL1}}

[[Category:FR/TableauBord]]
[[Category:Help]]
[[Category:How to]]
[[Category:Guidelines]]

Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Calc Guide/Using a macro as a function

2026-06-09T08:23:57Z

DiGro:

{{DISPLAYTITLE:Using a macro as a function}}
{{Documentation/CG3Ch12TOC
|ShowPrevNext=block
|PrevPage=Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Calc Guide/Write your own functions
|NextPage=Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Calc Guide/Passing arguments to a macro
}}__notoc__
Using the newly created Calc document CalcTestMacros.ods, enter the formula <nowiki>=NumberFive()</nowiki>. Calc finds the macro and calls it.

[[Image:CG3Ch12F12.png|thumb|none|500px|''Use the <nowiki>NumberFive()</nowiki> Macro as a Calc function.'']]

{{Tip| Function names are not case sensitive. You can enter <nowiki>=NumberFive()</nowiki> and Calc clearly shows <nowiki>=NUMBERFIVE()</nowiki>.}}

Save the Calc document, close it, and open it again. Depending on your settings in '''Tools > Options > OpenOffice.org > Security > Macro Security''', Calc will display one of the warnings shown below. You will need to click '''Enable Macros''', or Calc will not allow any macros to be run inside the document. If you do not expect a document to contain a macro, it is safer to click '''Disable Macros''' in case the macro is a virus.

[[Image:CG3Ch12F13a.png|thumb|none|500px|''OOo warns you that a document contains macros.'']]

[[Image:CG3Ch12F14a.png|thumb|none|500px|''Warning if macros are disabled'']]

If you choose to disable macros, then when the document loads, Calc can no longer find the function.

[[Image:CG3Ch12F14.png|thumb|none|500px|''The function is gone.'']]

When a document is created and saved, it automatically contains a library named Standard. The Standard library is automatically loaded when the document is opened. No other library is automatically loaded.

Calc does not contain a function named <nowiki>NumberFive()</nowiki>, so it checks all opened and visible macro libraries for the function. Libraries in ''OpenOffice.org Macros'', ''My Macros'', and the Calc document are checked for an appropriately named function. The <nowiki>NumberFive()</nowiki> function is stored in the AuthorsCalcMacros library, which is not automatically loaded when the document is opened.

Use '''Tools > Macros > Organize Macros > OpenOffice.org Basic''' to open the OpenOffice.org Basic Macros dialog shown further down the page. Expand CalcTestMacros and find AuthorsCalcMacros. The icon for a loaded library is a different color from the icon for a library that is not loaded.

Click the expansion symbol (usually a plus or a triangle) next to AuthorsCalcMacros to load the library. The icon changes color to indicate that the library is now loaded. Click '''Close''' to close the dialog.

Unfortunately, the cells containing =NumberFive() are in error. Calc does not recalculate cells in error unless you edit them or somehow change them. The usual solution is to store macros used as functions in the Standard library. If the macro is large or if there are many macros, a stub with the desired name is stored in the Standard library. The stub macro loads the library containing the implementation and then calls the implementation.

<ol>
<li>Use '''Tools > Macros > Organize Macros > OpenOffice.org Basic''' to open the OpenOffice.org Basic Macros dialog. Select the NumberFive macro and click '''Edit''' to open the macro for editing.</li>

[[Image:CG3Ch12F16a.png|thumb|none|500px|''Select a macro and click Edit.'']]

<li>Change the name of NumberFive to NumberFive_Implementation (see Listing 3).</li>

''Listing 3. Change the name of NumberFive to NumberFive_Implementation''

<syntaxhighlight lang=oobas>
Function NumberFive_Implementation()
NumberFive_Implementation() = 5
End Function
</syntaxhighlight>

<li>In the [[Media:CG3Ch12F11a.png|Basic IDE]], hover the mouse cursor over the toolbar buttons to display the tool tips. Click the '''Select Macro''' button to open the OpenOffice.org Basic Macros dialog.</li>
<li>Select the Standard library in the CalcTestMacros document and click '''New''' to create a new module. Enter a meaningful name such as CalcFunctions and click '''OK'''. OOo automatically creates a macro named Main and opens the module for editing.</li>
<li>Create a macro in the Standard library that calls the implementation function (see Listing 4). The new macro loads the AuthorsCalcMacros library if it is not already loaded, and then calls the implementation function.</li>

''Listing 4. Change the name of NumberFive to NumberFive_Implementation.''

<syntaxhighlight lang=oobas>
Function NumberFive()
If NOT BasicLibraries.isLibraryLoaded("AuthorsCalcMacros") Then
BasicLibraries.LoadLibrary("AuthorsCalcMacros")
End If
NumberFive = NumberFive_Implementation()
End Function
</syntaxhighlight>

<li>Save, close, and reopen the Calc document. This time, the NumberFive() function works.</li>
</ol>

{{CCBY}}
[[Category: Calc Guide (Documentation)]]

Documentation/OOo3 User Guides/Calc Guide/Creating editing template

2026-06-09T08:22:50Z

DiGro:

{{DISPLAYTITLE:Creating and editing a template}}
{{Documentation/CG3Ch10TOC
|ShowPrevNext=block
|PrevPage=Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Calc Guide/Creating spreadsheet from template
|NextPage=Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Calc Guide/Adding templates
}}
== Creating a template ==
You can create a template from a document:

# Open a new or existing document of the type you want to make into a template (text document, spreadsheet, drawing, presentation).
# Add the content and styles that you want.
# From the main menu, choose '''File > Templates > Save. '''The Templates dialog opens.
# In the '''New template '''field, type a name for the new template.
# In the '''Categories''' list, click the category to which you want to assign the template. The category you choose has no effect on the template itself; it is simply the folder in which you save the template. Choosing an appropriate folder (category) makes it easier to find the template when you want to use it. You may wish to create a folder for Calc templates. To learn more about template folders, see [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Calc Guide/Organizing templates|Organizing templates]].
# Click '''OK''' to save the new template.

[[Image:SaveTempl.png|thumb|none|500px|''Saving a new template.'']]

Any settings that can be added to or modified in a document can be saved in a template. For example, below are some of the settings (although not a full list) that can be included in a Calc document and then saved as a template for later use:

* Printer settings: which printer, single sided / double sided, and paper size, and so on
* Cell and page styles to be used

Templates can also contain predefined text, saving you from having to type it every time you create a new document. For example, an invoice template might contain your company’s name, address and logo.

You can also save menu and toolbar customizations in templates; see [[Documentation/OOo3_User_Guides/Calc_Guide/Customizing_Calc|Setting up and Customizing Calc]] for more information.

== Editing a template ==
You can edit a template’s styles and content, and then, if you wish, you can reapply the template’s styles to documents that were created from that template. (Note that you can only reapply styles. You cannot reapply content.)

To edit a template:

# From the main menu, choose '''File > Templates > Organize. '''The Template Management dialog opens.
# In the box on the left, double-click the folder that contains the template that you want to edit. A list of all the templates contained in that folder appears underneath the folder name.
# Select the template that you want to edit.
# Click the '''Commands '''button and choose '''Edit''' from the drop-down menu.
# Edit the template just as you would any other document. To save your changes, choose '''File > Save '''from the main menu.

[[Image:TemplateMgt.png|thumb|none|500px|''Template management dialog.'']]

== Updating a spreadsheet from a changed template ==
The next time you open a spreadsheet that was created from the changed template, the following message appears.

[[Image:TemplMsg3.png|thumb|none|500px|''Apply current styles message.'']]

Click '''Update Styles''' to apply the template’s changed styles to the spreadsheet. Click '''Keep Old Styles''' if you do not want to apply the template’s changed styles to the spreadsheet (but see Caution notice below).

{{Warn| If you choose '''Keep Old Styles''' in the message box shown above, that message will not appear again the next time you open the document after changing the template it is based on. You will not get another chance to update the styles from the template, although you can use the macro given in the Note below to re-enable this feature.}}

{{Note| To re-enable updating from a template:
<ol>
<li>Use '''Tools > Macros > Organize Macros > OpenOffice.org Basic'''. Select the document from the list, click the +, and select Standard. If Standard has a + beside it, click that and select a module.</li>
<li>Name the macro. For example, you could call it FixDocument. If the '''Edit''' button is active, click it. If the Edit button is not active, click '''New''', type a module name in the pop-up dialog, and click '''OK'''.</li>
<li>In the Basic window, enter the following:</li>
<syntaxhighlight lang="oobas">
Sub FixDocument
' set UpdateFromTemplate
oDocSettings = ThisComponent.createInstance( "com.sun.star.document.Settings" )
oDocSettings.UpdateFromTemplate = True
End Sub 'FixDocument
</syntaxhighlight>

<li>Click the '''Run BASIC''' icon, then close the Basic window.</li>
<li>Save the document.</li>
</ol>

Next time when you open this document you will have the update from template feature back.}}

{{CCBY}}
[[Category: Calc Guide (Documentation)]]

NL/Documentation/FAQ/Macros/Why don't my macros run any more in OOo 3?

2026-06-08T11:29:04Z

DiGro:

{{DISPLAYTITLE: Waarom werken mijn macro's niet meer in OOo 3?}}

<section begin=question/>
'''Waarom werken mijn macro's niet meer in OOo 3?'''
<section end=question/>

<section begin=answer/>
OpenOffice.org 3 gebruikt standaard een meer veilige macro-instelling. Standaard worden de macro's, die zijn opgenomen in het document, niet uitgevoerd.

De veiligheidsinstellingen wijzigen:

#Kies {{menu|Extra|Opties|Beveiligen}}.
#Klik op de knop {{button|Macroveiligheid}}.
#Wijzig het beveiligingsniveau naar '''Medium'''.
:U kunt ook uw map waar de door u vertrouwde documenten zijn opgeslagen toevoegen aan de lijst met '''Vertrouwde bronnen'''.

<section end=answer/>

[[Category:NL/Documentation/FAQ/Macros]]

Documentation/Wiki Books

2026-06-08T11:26:34Z

DiGro:

<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">
Wikibooks for the Current Release</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">
== Current Release: ==
</div>
<div style="padding: 5px; font-size:120%; font-weight:bold; background-color: #CDDBF6;">
Wikibooks for Older Releases</div>
<div style="border: 1px solid #CDDBF6; margin-bottom: 15px;">
== OpenOffice.org 3.2 ==
* Administration Guide
** {{PDF}}[[Media:AdministrationGuide_OOo3.2.0.pdf|PDF]] - 2010-03-08 (March 08) - 421 kb
** {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:AdministrationGuide_OOo3.2.0.odt|ODT]] - 2010-03-08 (March 08) - 268 kb
* Basic Guide
** {{PDF}}[[Media:BasicGuide_OOo3.2.0.pdf|PDF]] - 2010-03-08 (March 08) - 941 kb
** {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:BasicGuide_OOo3.2.0.odt|ODT]] - 2010-03-08 (March 08) - 454 kb
* Developer's Guide
** {{PDF}} PDF - See 3.1 release
** {{OOoLogo}} ODT - See 3.1 release

== Openoffice.org 3.1 ==
* Administration Guide
** {{PDF}}[[Media:AdministrationGuide_OOo3.1.0.pdf|PDF]] - 2009-04-24 (April 24) - 416 kb
** {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:AdministrationGuide_OOo3.1.0.odt|ODT]] - 2009-04-24 (April 24) - 292 kb
* Basic Guide
** {{PDF}}[[Media:BasicGuide_OOo3.1.0.pdf|PDF]] - 2009-04-24 (April 24) - 1 Mb
** {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:BasicGuide_OOo3.1.0.odt|ODT]] - 2009-04-24 (April 24) - 470 kb
* Developer's Guide
**{{PDF}}[[Media:DevelopersGuide_OOo3.1.0.pdf|Developer's Guide All Chapters]]- 2009-09-03 (Sept 03) - 16.8Mb
**{{OOoLogo}}[[Media:DevelopersGuide_OOo3.1.0.odt|Developer's Guide All Chapters]] - 2009-09-03 (Sept 03) - 23.85Mb
** Developer's Guide Individual Chapters:
*** {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:DevelopersGuide_OOo3.1.0_01FirstSteps.odt|Chapter 01 First Steps]] - 2009-08-20 (Aug 20) - 1.08 Mb
*** {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:DevelopersGuide_OOo3.1.0_02ProUNO.odt|Chapter 02 Professional UNO]] - 2009-08-20 (Aug 20) - 1.64 Mb
*** {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:DevelopersGuide_OOo3.1.0_03WritingUNO.odt|Chapter 03 Writing UNO Components]] - 2009-08-20 (Aug 20) - 1.39 Mb
*** {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:DevelopersGuide_OOo3.1.0_04Extensions.odt|Chapter 04 Extensions]] - 2009-08-21 (Aug 21) - 285 Kb
*** {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:DevelopersGuide_OOo3.1.0_05AdvancedUNO.odt|Chapter 05 Advanced UNO]] - 2009-08-21 (Aug 21) - 699 Kb
*** {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:DevelopersGuide_OOo3.1.0_06OfficeDevelopment.odt|Chapter 06 Office Development]] - 2009-08-21 (Aug 21) - 2.51 Mb
*** {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:DevelopersGuide_OOo3.1.0_07TextDocuments.odt|Chapter 07 Text Documents]] - 2009-08-28 (Aug 28) - 1.2 Mb
*** {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:DevelopersGuide_OOo3.1.0_08SpreadsheetDocuments.odt|Chapter 08 Spreadsheet Documents]] - 2009-09-02 (Sept 02) - 7.19 Mb
*** {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:DevelopersGuide_OOo3.1.0_09DrawingDocuments.odt|Chapter 09 Drawing Documents and Presentation Documents]] - 2009-09-02 (Sept 02) - 1.75 Mb
*** {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:DevelopersGuide_OOo3.1.0_10Charts.odt|Chapter 10 Charts]] - 2009-09-02 (Sept 02) - 518Kb
*** {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:DevelopersGuide_OOo3.1.0_11OOoBasic.odt|Chapter 11 OpenOffice.org Basic]] - 2009-09-02 (Sept 02) - 1.39Mb
*** {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:DevelopersGuide_OOo3.1.0_12DatabaseAccess.odt|Chapter 12 Database Access]] - 2009-09-03 (Sept 03) - 3.8Mb
*** {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:DevelopersGuide_OOo3.1.0_13Forms.odt|Chapter 13 Forms]] - 2009-09-03 (Sept 03) - 1.31Mb
*** {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:DevelopersGuide_OOo3.1.0_14UCB.odt|Chapter 14 Universal Content Broker]] - 2009-09-03 (Sept 03) - 390Kb
*** {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:DevelopersGuide_OOo3.1.0_15ConfigurationManagement.odt|Chapter 15 Configuration Management]] - 2009-09-03 (Sept 03) - 584Kb
*** {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:DevelopersGuide_OOo3.1.0_16JavaBean.odt|Chapter 16 JavaBean for Office Components]] - 2009-09-03 (Sept 03) - 453Kb
*** {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:DevelopersGuide_OOo3.1.0_17Accessibility.odt|Chapter 17 Accessibility]] - 2009-09-03 (Sept 03) - 445Kb
*** {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:DevelopersGuide_OOo3.1.0_18Scripting.odt|Chapter 18 Scripting Framework]] - 2009-09-03 (Sept 03) - 941Kb
*** {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:DevelopersGuide_OOo3.1.0_19GUI.odt|Chapter 19 Graphical User Interfaces]] - 2009-09-03 (Sept 03) - 280Kb
*** {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:DevelopersGuide_OOo3.1.0_AppA.odt|Appendix A OpenOffice.org API-Design-Guidelines]] - 2009-09-03 (Sept 03) - 240Kb
*** {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:DevelopersGuide_OOo3.1.0_AppB.odt|Appendix B IDL Documentation Guidelines]] - 2009-09-03 (Sept 03) - 240Kb
*** {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:DevelopersGuide_OOo3.1.0_AppC.odt|Appendix C Universal Content Providers]] - 2009-09-03 (Sept 03) - 557Kb
*** {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:DevelopersGuide_OOo3.1.0_AppD.odt|Appendix D UNOIDL Syntax Specification]] - 2009-09-03 (Sept 03) - 233Kb
*** {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:DevelopersGuide_OOo3.1.0_Glossary.odt|Glossary]] - 2009-09-03 (Sept 03) - 248Kb
== Openoffice.org 3.0 ==
* Administration Guide - {{PDF}}[[Media:AdministrationGuide_OOo3.0.0.pdf|PDF]] / {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:AdministrationGuide_OOo3.0.0.odt|ODT]] - 2009-01-19 (Jan 19)
* Basic Guide - {{PDF}}[[Media:BasicGuide_OOo3.0.0.pdf|PDF]] / {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:BasicGuide_OOo3.0.0.odt|ODT]] - 2009-01-26 (Jan 26)
* Developer's Guide - PDF / {{OOoLogo}}[[Media:DevelopersGuide_OOo3.0.0.odt|ODT]] DRAFT (no illustrations) - 2009-01-30 (30 Jan) - 1.55MB
</div>
[[Category: Documentation]]

NL/Documentation/How Tos/Referencing data in a spreadsheet

2026-06-08T10:10:10Z

DiGro:

{{DISPLAYTITLE: Verwijzen naar gegevens in een werkblad}}
__NOTOC__

U kunt verwijzen naar andere cellen of bladen in hetzelfde document. De resulterende gegevens wijzigen overeenkomstig als de bron wordt gewijzigd.

Veronderstel dat u in een werkblad probeert de waarden van cel A1 op Blad1 en cel B1 op Blad2 bij elkaar op te tellen en het resultaat in cel C1 op Blad3 te plaatsen.<br />Voer de volgende stappen uit om dat te bereiken:
<ol>
<li>Selecteer cel C1 in Blad3.</li>
<li>Op de werkbalk '''Formule''', klik op het pictogram '''Functie''' [[File:s_function_icon.jpg]].</li>
<li>U kunt een van de volgende manieren gebruiken om de formule te bewerken:
<ul>
<li>Voer in <tt>Blad.A1+Blad2.B1</tt> na het "is gelijk aan"'-teken (=).</li>
<li>U kunt ook de formule voltooien door de cellen te selecteren op de volgende manier:
<ol type="a">
<li>In Blad1, selecteer cel A1.</li>
<li>In Blad3, voer een plusteken in (+) in de '''invoerregel Formule'''.</li>
<li>In Blad2, selecteer cel B1.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>In Blad3, klik op het pictogram '''Accepteren''' [[File:AOO41CG05 125a iconApply.png]] op de werkbalk '''Formule'''.</li>
</ol>

U zult zien dat de som van de waarden in cel A1 op Blad1 en cel B1 op Blad2 wordt weergegeven in C1.

[[Category:Documentation]]
[[Category:Calc]]
{{Documentation/Languages}}

NL/Documentation/How Tos/Referencing data in a spreadsheet

2026-06-08T10:08:51Z

DiGro:

{{DISPLAYTITLE: Verwijzen naar gegevens in een werkblad}}
__NOTOC__

U kunt verwijzen naar andere cellen of bladen in hetzelfde document. De resulterende gegevens wijzigen overeenkomstig als de bron wordt gewijzigd.

Veronderstel dat u in een werkblad probeert de waarden van cel A1 op Blad1 en cel B1 op Blad2 bij elkaar op te tellen en het resultaat in cel C1 op Blad3 te plaatsen.<br />Voer de volgende stappen uit om dat te bereiken:
<ol>
<li>Selecteer cel C1 in Blad3.</li>
<li>Op de werkbalk '''Formule''', klik op het pictogram '''Functie''' [[File:s_function_icon.jpg]].</li>
<li>U kunt een van de volgende manieren gebruiken om de formule te bewerken:
<ul>
<li>Voer in <tt>Blad.A1+Blad2.B1</tt> na het "is gelijk aan"'-teken (=).</li>
<li>U kunt ook de formule voltooien door de cellen te selecteren op de volgende manier:
<ol type="a">
<li>In Blad1, selecteer cel A1.</li>
<li>In Blad3, voer een plusteken in (+) in de '''invoerregel Formule'''.</li>
<li>In Blad2, selecteer cel B1.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>In Blad3 klik op het pictogram '''Accepteren''' [[File:AOO41CG05 125a iconApply.png]] op de werkbalk '''Formule'''.</li>
</ol>

U zult zien dat de som van de waarden in cel A1 op Blad1 en cel B1 op Blad2 wordt weergegeven in C1.

[[Category:Documentation]]
[[Category:Calc]]
{{Documentation/Languages}}

NL/Documentation/How Tos/Referencing data in a spreadsheet

2026-06-08T10:07:27Z

DiGro:

{{DISPLAYTITLE: Verwijzen naar gegevens in een werkblad}}
__NOTOC__

U kunt verwijzen naar andere cellen of bladen in hetzelfde document. De resulterende gegevens wijzigen overeenkomstig als de bron wordt gewijzigd.

Veronderstel dat u in een werkblad probeert de waarden van cel A1 op Blad1 en cel B1 op Blad2 bij elkaar op te tellen en het resultaat in cel C1 op Blad3 te plaatsen. Voer de volgende stappen uit om dat te bereiken:
<ol>
<li>Selecteer cel C1 in Blad3.</li>
<li>Op de werkbalk '''Formule''', klik op het pictogram '''Functie''' [[File:s_function_icon.jpg]].</li>
<li>U kunt een van de volgende manieren gebruiken om de formule te bewerken:
<ul>
<li>Voer in <tt>Blad.A1+Blad2.B1</tt> na het "is gelijk aan"'-teken (=).</li>
<li>U kunt ook de formule voltooien door de cellen te selecteren op de volgende manier:
<ol type="a">
<li>In Blad1, selecteer cel A1.</li>
<li>In Blad3, voer een plusteken in (+) in de '''invoerregel Formule'''.</li>
<li>In Blad2, selecteer cel B1.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>In Blad3 klik op het pictogram '''Accepteren''' [[File:AOO41CG05 125a iconApply.png]] op de werkbalk '''Formule'''.</li>
</ol>

U zult zien dat de som van de waarden in cel A1 op Blad1 en cel B1 op Blad2 wordt weergegeven in C1.

[[Category:Documentation]]
[[Category:Calc]]
{{Documentation/Languages}}

NL/Documentation/How Tos/Referencing data in a spreadsheet

2026-06-08T10:06:06Z

DiGro: Created page with "{{DISPLAYTITLE: Verwijzen naar gegevens in een werkblad}} __NOTOC__ U kunt verwijzen naar andere cellen of bladen in hetzelfde document. De resulterende gegevens wijzigen ove..."

{{DISPLAYTITLE: Verwijzen naar gegevens in een werkblad}}
__NOTOC__

U kunt verwijzen naar andere cellen of bladen in hetzelfde document. De resulterende gegevens wijzigen overeenkomstig als de bron wordt gewijzigd.

Veronderstel dat u in een werkblad probeert de waarden van cel A1 op Blad1 en cel B1 op Blad2 bij elkaar op te tellen en het resultaat in cel C1 op Blad3 te plaatsen. Voer de volgende stappen uit om dat te bereiken:
<ol>
<li>Selecteer cel C1 in Blad3.</li>
<li>Op de werkbalk '''Formule''', klik op het pictogram '''Functie''' [[File:s_function_icon.jpg]].</li>
<li>U kunt een van de volgende manieren gebruiken om de formule te bewerken:
<ul>
<li>Voer in <tt>Blad.A1+Blad2.B1</tt> na het "is gelijk aan"'-teken (=).</li>
<li>U kunt ook de formule voltooien door de cellen te selecteren op de volgende manier:
<ol type="a">
<li>In Blad1, selecteer cel A1.</li>
<li>In Blad3, voer een plusteken in (+) in de '''invoerregel Formule'''.</li>
<li>In Blad2, selecteer cel B1.</li>
</ol>
</li>
</ul>
</li>
<li>In Blad3 klik op het pictogram '''Accepteren''' [[File:AOO41CG05 125a iconApply.png]] op de werkbalk '''Formule'''.</li>
</ol>

U zult zien dat de som van de waarden in cel A1 op Blad1 en cel B1 op Blad2 wordt weergegeven in C1.

[[Category:Documentation]]
[[Category:Calc]]

NL/Documentation/How Tos/Referencing data from other spreadsheets

2026-06-08T09:54:44Z

DiGro:

{{DISPLAYTITLE: Verwijzen naar gegevens in andere werkbladen}}

U kunt naar gegevens in andere werkbladen verwijzen en die bijwerken.
<ol>
<li>In uw huidige werkblad, selecteer de cel waar de verwijzing moet komen.</li>
<li>Op de werkbalk '''Formule''', klik op het pictogram '''Functie'''.</li>
<li>In de '''invoerregel Formule''', voer de code in, en wel in de volgende indeling:<br /> <tt>PadnaarBestand'#BladNaam.GegevensBereik</tt><br />
Bijvoorbeeld: om te verwijzen naar ''A1:B5'' in het bestand ''voorbeeld.ods'' in de map ''c:/temp/'', voer in '''file:/c:/temp/voorbeeld.ods'#Blad1.A1:B5'''.</li>
<li>Druk op {{key|Enter}}.</li>
</ol>

[[Category:Documentation]]
[[Category:Calc]]
{{Documentation/Languages}}

NL/Documentation/How Tos/Referencing data from other spreadsheets

2026-06-08T09:53:18Z

DiGro:

{{DISPLAYTITLE: Verwijzen naar gegevens in andere werkbladen}}

U kunt naar gegevens in andere werkbladen verwijzen en die bijwerken.
<ol>
<li>In uw huidige werkblad, selecteer de cel waar de verwijzing moet komen.</li>
<li>Op de werkbalk '''Formule''', klik op het pictogram '''Functie'''.</li>
<li>In de '''invoerregel Formule''', voer de code in, en wel in de volgende indeling:<br /> <tt>PadnaarBestandNaamBladGegevensBereik</tt><br />
Bijvoorbeeld: om te verwijzen naar ''A1:B5'' in het bestand ''voorbeeld.ods'' in de map ''c:/temp/'', voer in '''file:/c:/temp/voorbeeld.ods'#Blad1.A1:B5'''.</li>
<li>Druk op {{key|Enter}}.</li>
</ol>

[[Category:Documentation]]
[[Category:Calc]]
{{Documentation/Languages}}

NL/Documentation/How Tos/Referencing data from other spreadsheets

2026-06-08T09:48:24Z

DiGro:

{{DISPLAYTITLE: Verwijzen naar gegevens in andere werkbladen}}

U kunt naar gegevens in andere werkbladen verwijzen en die bijwerken.
<ol>
<li>In uw huidige werkblad, selecteer de cel waar de verwijzing moet komen.</li>
<li>Op de werkbalk '''Formule''', klik op het pictogram '''Functie'''.</li>
<li>In de '''invoerregel Formule''', voer de code in, en wel in de volgende indeling:<br /> <tt>PadnaarBestandNaamBladGegevensBereik</tt><br />
Bijvoorbeeld: om te verwijzen naar ''A1:B5'' in het bestand ''voorbeeld.ods'' in de map ''c:/temp/'', voer in '''file:/c:/temp/voorbeeld.ods'#Blad1.A1:B5'''.</li>
<li>Druk op {{key|Enter}}.</li>
</ol>

[[Category:Documentation]]
[[Category:Calc]]

NL/Documentation/How Tos/Referencing data from other spreadsheets

2026-06-08T09:47:09Z

DiGro: Created page with "{{DISPLAYTITLE: Verwijzen naar gegevens in andere werkbladen}} U kunt naar gegevens in andere werkbladen verwijzen en die bijwerken. <ol> <li>In uw huidige werkblad, selectee..."

{{DISPLAYTITLE: Verwijzen naar gegevens in andere werkbladen}}

U kunt naar gegevens in andere werkbladen verwijzen en die bijwerken.
<ol>
<li>In uw huidige werkblad, selecteer de cel waar de verwijzing moet komen.</li>
<li>Op de werkbalk '''Formule''', klik op het pictogram '''Functie'''.</li>
<li>In de '''invoerregel Formule''', voer de code in, en wel in de volgende indeling:<br /> <tt>PadnaarBestandNaamBladGegevensBereik</tt><br />
Bijvoorbeeld: om te verwijzen naar A1:B5 in het bestand '''voorbeeld.ods''' in de map '''c:/temp/''', voer in ''''file:/c:/temp/voorbeeld.ods'#Blad1.A1:B5.</li>
<li>Druk op {{key|Enter}}.</li>
</ol>

[[Category:Documentation]]
[[Category:Calc]]